<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pascal</id>
	<title>CEED Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pascal"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/wiki/Special:Contributions/Pascal"/>
	<updated>2026-06-24T15:45:45Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Breadboard&amp;diff=1737</id>
		<title>Breadboard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Breadboard&amp;diff=1737"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:38:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Step by step on how to use a Breadboard */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Breadboard==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you start your journey on electronics, you will eventually need to wire different parts to each other. Chances are, you will be requiring a breadboard to do it.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Breadboards.png|thumb|255x255px|Standard breadboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is a breadboard?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A breadboard is a simple device designed to allow you to easily create electronic circuits without the need for soldering. This device is great for the quick creation (prototyping) of temporary electronic circuits or to carry out experiments and tests on circuit design. Breadboards are made out of plastic and have metal connectors inside. They come in various sizes, and the design can vary, but as a general rule they look something like this:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now, why is it called a breadboard?===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Original breadboard.png|thumb|Original breadboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, electrical engineers did not use tools such as Solderless breadboards as we use today. Instead, they would build electronic circuits by hammering nails and screws into wooden boards. These boards we typically bought from hardware stores for convenience which were often literal breadboards. The engineers would wrap the wires around the nails along with the other various electrical components, then glue and solder them together assuring a secure electrical connection.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back then, the electrical components were much larger and the circuitry was simpler. This being said, it would not be easy to create a complex circuit using this method as there would be wires possibly touching. Also, the modern PCB takes up fractions of the space of a pre-1970 breadboard would in an electronic device. Nowadays, breadboards are made out of plastic and have metal connectors inside.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do Breadboards work?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The breadboard has lots of little holes in it, and these holes are connected to each other in certain ways. There are two long rows on the sides of the breadboard, these are called the power rails. The holes in the power rails are connected to each other, so you can use them to provide power to your circuit. The power rails have a + sign to indicate the positive side and a - sign to indicate the negative side. The rest of the holes in the breadboard are in groups of five and are connected to each other in a row. So, if you put a component (like an LED or a resistor) into one of those holes, it will be connected to the other holes in the same row. This allows you to build a circuit by connecting different components together. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Breadboard function.png|center|thumb|475x475px|Breadboard function]]&lt;br /&gt;
So, in short, a breadboard is like a big plugboard that allows you to build a circuit without soldering. The power rails provide power and the other holes allow you to connect different components together to make the circuit work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by step on how to use a Breadboard===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;6WReFkfrUIk&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Gather all necessary components: To begin, gather all the necessary components such as a breadboard, wires, and electronic components (LEDs, resistors, capacitors, transistors, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
# Insert electronic components into the breadboard: Start by inserting the electronic components into the breadboard. Make sure to insert the components into the correct row and column. Most breadboards have two columns of power rails, one for positive voltage and the other for negative voltage, and a grid of holes in the middle that are connected internally in rows and columns. &lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the electronic components using jumper wires: Use jumper wires to connect the positive and negative terminals of the components. The negative terminal is typically indicated by a black or white stripe, while a longer lead typically indicates the positive terminal. The jumper wires can be inserted into the holes of the breadboard, making sure that the wires are inserted into the same row as the component terminals. &lt;br /&gt;
# Incorporate any necessary resistors or other components: If you are using an LED, include a resistor in the circuit to prevent the LED from burning out. Also, If you are using any other components like capacitors, transistors, etc. make sure to connect them properly as per the circuit diagram. &lt;br /&gt;
# Power the circuit: After all the components are inserted and connected, you can now power the circuit using a power supply such as a battery or a DC power adapter. The positive voltage rail should be connected to the positive terminal of the power supply, and the negative voltage rail should be connected to the negative terminal of the power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
# Test the circuit: Test the circuit by turning on the power and observing if the components are functioning as expected. If the circuit is not working as expected, check for any loose connections or reversed polarities. &lt;br /&gt;
# Disassemble the circuit: Once you are done with the circuit, turn off the power and carefully remove all the components and wires from the breadboard. It is important to be gentle and not pull the wires out of the breadboard as it may damage the connections inside the breadboard. &lt;br /&gt;
# Store the components and wires properly: Finally, store the components and wires properly for next use. Make sure the components and wires are clean and dry before storing them. This will help to prevent any damage and extend the lifespan of the components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wire jumpers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breadboards have many small connections inside them, but they only go in rows or in columns, so each pin or wire in a part has 5 total connection points. To wire the parts, you need to connect the parts using different wires. The following here are the pros and cons of each of the possible options: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stranded&lt;br /&gt;
** Stranded wire is made up of many thin wires that are twisted together. It is flexible and can be easily bent, making it ideal for use in situations where the wire needs to be moved frequently. However, it can be more difficult to work with because the individual strands can break if not handled carefully.[[File:Stranded wire.png|center|thumb|Stranded wire]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Solid core wire&lt;br /&gt;
** Solid wire is made up of a single piece of wire and is less flexible than stranded wire. It is easier to work with because it does not have individual strands that can break, but it can be more difficult to bend and shape. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Solidwire.png|center|thumb|412x412px|Solid core wire]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Jumper wires&lt;br /&gt;
** Jumper wires are short, pre-formed wires with connectors on each end that are used to make connections on a breadboard. They come in different lengths and colors, and they are specifically designed to work with breadboards. They are easy to use and can save time when connecting components on a breadboard. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Jumper wires.png|center|thumb|Jumper wires]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips for neat/reliable breadboarding=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan ahead: Before you start building your circuit on the breadboard, take the time to plan out the connections and components you will need. This will help you to avoid mistakes and make the breadboarding process more efficient. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep it organized: As you build your circuit, keep the components and wires organized and tidy. This will make it easier to troubleshoot any issues that may arise. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to polarity: Many components, such as LEDs and diodes, have a specific polarity and must be inserted into the breadboard with the correct orientation. Make sure to pay attention to the polarity of the components you are using. &lt;br /&gt;
* Label your connections: As you build your circuit, make sure to label your connections. This will help you to keep track of the different parts of your circuit and will make troubleshooting much easier. &lt;br /&gt;
* Test as you go: Test your circuit as you build it to ensure that everything is working correctly. This will help you to identify and fix any issues early on in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Good and bad.png|center|thumb|475x475px|Good and bad circuit ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Breadboard&amp;diff=1736</id>
		<title>Breadboard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Breadboard&amp;diff=1736"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:33:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Wire jumpers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Breadboard==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you start your journey on electronics, you will eventually need to wire different parts to each other. Chances are, you will be requiring a breadboard to do it.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Breadboards.png|thumb|255x255px|Standard breadboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is a breadboard?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A breadboard is a simple device designed to allow you to easily create electronic circuits without the need for soldering. This device is great for the quick creation (prototyping) of temporary electronic circuits or to carry out experiments and tests on circuit design. Breadboards are made out of plastic and have metal connectors inside. They come in various sizes, and the design can vary, but as a general rule they look something like this:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now, why is it called a breadboard?===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Original breadboard.png|thumb|Original breadboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, electrical engineers did not use tools such as Solderless breadboards as we use today. Instead, they would build electronic circuits by hammering nails and screws into wooden boards. These boards we typically bought from hardware stores for convenience which were often literal breadboards. The engineers would wrap the wires around the nails along with the other various electrical components, then glue and solder them together assuring a secure electrical connection.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back then, the electrical components were much larger and the circuitry was simpler. This being said, it would not be easy to create a complex circuit using this method as there would be wires possibly touching. Also, the modern PCB takes up fractions of the space of a pre-1970 breadboard would in an electronic device. Nowadays, breadboards are made out of plastic and have metal connectors inside.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do Breadboards work?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The breadboard has lots of little holes in it, and these holes are connected to each other in certain ways. There are two long rows on the sides of the breadboard, these are called the power rails. The holes in the power rails are connected to each other, so you can use them to provide power to your circuit. The power rails have a + sign to indicate the positive side and a - sign to indicate the negative side. The rest of the holes in the breadboard are in groups of five and are connected to each other in a row. So, if you put a component (like an LED or a resistor) into one of those holes, it will be connected to the other holes in the same row. This allows you to build a circuit by connecting different components together. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Breadboard function.png|center|thumb|475x475px|Breadboard function]]&lt;br /&gt;
So, in short, a breadboard is like a big plugboard that allows you to build a circuit without soldering. The power rails provide power and the other holes allow you to connect different components together to make the circuit work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by step on how to use a Breadboard===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
LINK &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Gather all necessary components: To begin, gather all the necessary components such as a breadboard, wires, and electronic components (LEDs, resistors, capacitors, transistors, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
# Insert electronic components into the breadboard: Start by inserting the electronic components into the breadboard. Make sure to insert the components into the correct row and column. Most breadboards have two columns of power rails, one for positive voltage and the other for negative voltage, and a grid of holes in the middle that are connected internally in rows and columns. &lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the electronic components using jumper wires: Use jumper wires to connect the positive and negative terminals of the components. The negative terminal is typically indicated by a black or white stripe, while a longer lead typically indicates the positive terminal. The jumper wires can be inserted into the holes of the breadboard, making sure that the wires are inserted into the same row as the component terminals. &lt;br /&gt;
# Incorporate any necessary resistors or other components: If you are using an LED, include a resistor in the circuit to prevent the LED from burning out. Also, If you are using any other components like capacitors, transistors, etc. make sure to connect them properly as per the circuit diagram. &lt;br /&gt;
# Power the circuit: After all the components are inserted and connected, you can now power the circuit using a power supply such as a battery or a DC power adapter. The positive voltage rail should be connected to the positive terminal of the power supply, and the negative voltage rail should be connected to the negative terminal of the power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
# Test the circuit: Test the circuit by turning on the power and observing if the components are functioning as expected. If the circuit is not working as expected, check for any loose connections or reversed polarities. &lt;br /&gt;
# Disassemble the circuit: Once you are done with the circuit, turn off the power and carefully remove all the components and wires from the breadboard. It is important to be gentle and not pull the wires out of the breadboard as it may damage the connections inside the breadboard. &lt;br /&gt;
# Store the components and wires properly: Finally, store the components and wires properly for next use. Make sure the components and wires are clean and dry before storing them. This will help to prevent any damage and extend the lifespan of the components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wire jumpers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breadboards have many small connections inside them, but they only go in rows or in columns, so each pin or wire in a part has 5 total connection points. To wire the parts, you need to connect the parts using different wires. The following here are the pros and cons of each of the possible options: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stranded&lt;br /&gt;
** Stranded wire is made up of many thin wires that are twisted together. It is flexible and can be easily bent, making it ideal for use in situations where the wire needs to be moved frequently. However, it can be more difficult to work with because the individual strands can break if not handled carefully.[[File:Stranded wire.png|center|thumb|Stranded wire]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Solid core wire&lt;br /&gt;
** Solid wire is made up of a single piece of wire and is less flexible than stranded wire. It is easier to work with because it does not have individual strands that can break, but it can be more difficult to bend and shape. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Solidwire.png|center|thumb|412x412px|Solid core wire]] &lt;br /&gt;
* Jumper wires&lt;br /&gt;
** Jumper wires are short, pre-formed wires with connectors on each end that are used to make connections on a breadboard. They come in different lengths and colors, and they are specifically designed to work with breadboards. They are easy to use and can save time when connecting components on a breadboard. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Jumper wires.png|center|thumb|Jumper wires]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips for neat/reliable breadboarding=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan ahead: Before you start building your circuit on the breadboard, take the time to plan out the connections and components you will need. This will help you to avoid mistakes and make the breadboarding process more efficient. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep it organized: As you build your circuit, keep the components and wires organized and tidy. This will make it easier to troubleshoot any issues that may arise. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to polarity: Many components, such as LEDs and diodes, have a specific polarity and must be inserted into the breadboard with the correct orientation. Make sure to pay attention to the polarity of the components you are using. &lt;br /&gt;
* Label your connections: As you build your circuit, make sure to label your connections. This will help you to keep track of the different parts of your circuit and will make troubleshooting much easier. &lt;br /&gt;
* Test as you go: Test your circuit as you build it to ensure that everything is working correctly. This will help you to identify and fix any issues early on in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Good and bad.png|center|thumb|475x475px|Good and bad circuit ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Jumper_wires.png&amp;diff=1735</id>
		<title>File:Jumper wires.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Jumper_wires.png&amp;diff=1735"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:33:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Jumper wires&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Solidwire.png&amp;diff=1734</id>
		<title>File:Solidwire.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Solidwire.png&amp;diff=1734"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:32:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;solid wire&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Stranded_wire.png&amp;diff=1733</id>
		<title>File:Stranded wire.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Stranded_wire.png&amp;diff=1733"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:30:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Stranded wire&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Breadboard&amp;diff=1732</id>
		<title>Breadboard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Breadboard&amp;diff=1732"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:30:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Breadboard==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you start your journey on electronics, you will eventually need to wire different parts to each other. Chances are, you will be requiring a breadboard to do it.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Breadboards.png|thumb|255x255px|Standard breadboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is a breadboard?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A breadboard is a simple device designed to allow you to easily create electronic circuits without the need for soldering. This device is great for the quick creation (prototyping) of temporary electronic circuits or to carry out experiments and tests on circuit design. Breadboards are made out of plastic and have metal connectors inside. They come in various sizes, and the design can vary, but as a general rule they look something like this:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now, why is it called a breadboard?===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Original breadboard.png|thumb|Original breadboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, electrical engineers did not use tools such as Solderless breadboards as we use today. Instead, they would build electronic circuits by hammering nails and screws into wooden boards. These boards we typically bought from hardware stores for convenience which were often literal breadboards. The engineers would wrap the wires around the nails along with the other various electrical components, then glue and solder them together assuring a secure electrical connection.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back then, the electrical components were much larger and the circuitry was simpler. This being said, it would not be easy to create a complex circuit using this method as there would be wires possibly touching. Also, the modern PCB takes up fractions of the space of a pre-1970 breadboard would in an electronic device. Nowadays, breadboards are made out of plastic and have metal connectors inside.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do Breadboards work?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The breadboard has lots of little holes in it, and these holes are connected to each other in certain ways. There are two long rows on the sides of the breadboard, these are called the power rails. The holes in the power rails are connected to each other, so you can use them to provide power to your circuit. The power rails have a + sign to indicate the positive side and a - sign to indicate the negative side. The rest of the holes in the breadboard are in groups of five and are connected to each other in a row. So, if you put a component (like an LED or a resistor) into one of those holes, it will be connected to the other holes in the same row. This allows you to build a circuit by connecting different components together. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Breadboard function.png|center|thumb|475x475px|Breadboard function]]&lt;br /&gt;
So, in short, a breadboard is like a big plugboard that allows you to build a circuit without soldering. The power rails provide power and the other holes allow you to connect different components together to make the circuit work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Step by step on how to use a Breadboard===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
LINK &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Gather all necessary components: To begin, gather all the necessary components such as a breadboard, wires, and electronic components (LEDs, resistors, capacitors, transistors, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
# Insert electronic components into the breadboard: Start by inserting the electronic components into the breadboard. Make sure to insert the components into the correct row and column. Most breadboards have two columns of power rails, one for positive voltage and the other for negative voltage, and a grid of holes in the middle that are connected internally in rows and columns. &lt;br /&gt;
# Connect the electronic components using jumper wires: Use jumper wires to connect the positive and negative terminals of the components. The negative terminal is typically indicated by a black or white stripe, while a longer lead typically indicates the positive terminal. The jumper wires can be inserted into the holes of the breadboard, making sure that the wires are inserted into the same row as the component terminals. &lt;br /&gt;
# Incorporate any necessary resistors or other components: If you are using an LED, include a resistor in the circuit to prevent the LED from burning out. Also, If you are using any other components like capacitors, transistors, etc. make sure to connect them properly as per the circuit diagram. &lt;br /&gt;
# Power the circuit: After all the components are inserted and connected, you can now power the circuit using a power supply such as a battery or a DC power adapter. The positive voltage rail should be connected to the positive terminal of the power supply, and the negative voltage rail should be connected to the negative terminal of the power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
# Test the circuit: Test the circuit by turning on the power and observing if the components are functioning as expected. If the circuit is not working as expected, check for any loose connections or reversed polarities. &lt;br /&gt;
# Disassemble the circuit: Once you are done with the circuit, turn off the power and carefully remove all the components and wires from the breadboard. It is important to be gentle and not pull the wires out of the breadboard as it may damage the connections inside the breadboard. &lt;br /&gt;
# Store the components and wires properly: Finally, store the components and wires properly for next use. Make sure the components and wires are clean and dry before storing them. This will help to prevent any damage and extend the lifespan of the components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wire jumpers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breadboards have many small connections inside them, but they only go in rows or in columns, so each pin or wire in a part has 5 total connection points. To wire the parts, you need to connect the parts using different wires. The following here are the pros and cons of each of the possible options: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Stranded&lt;br /&gt;
** Stranded wire is made up of many thin wires that are twisted together. It is flexible and can be easily bent, making it ideal for use in situations where the wire needs to be moved frequently. However, it can be more difficult to work with because the individual strands can break if not handled carefully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Solid core wire&lt;br /&gt;
** Solid wire is made up of a single piece of wire and is less flexible than stranded wire. It is easier to work with because it does not have individual strands that can break, but it can be more difficult to bend and shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LINK &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jumper wires&lt;br /&gt;
** Jumper wires are short, pre-formed wires with connectors on each end that are used to make connections on a breadboard. They come in different lengths and colors, and they are specifically designed to work with breadboards. They are easy to use and can save time when connecting components on a breadboard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tips for neat/reliable breadboarding=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan ahead: Before you start building your circuit on the breadboard, take the time to plan out the connections and components you will need. This will help you to avoid mistakes and make the breadboarding process more efficient. &lt;br /&gt;
* Keep it organized: As you build your circuit, keep the components and wires organized and tidy. This will make it easier to troubleshoot any issues that may arise. &lt;br /&gt;
* Pay attention to polarity: Many components, such as LEDs and diodes, have a specific polarity and must be inserted into the breadboard with the correct orientation. Make sure to pay attention to the polarity of the components you are using. &lt;br /&gt;
* Label your connections: As you build your circuit, make sure to label your connections. This will help you to keep track of the different parts of your circuit and will make troubleshooting much easier. &lt;br /&gt;
* Test as you go: Test your circuit as you build it to ensure that everything is working correctly. This will help you to identify and fix any issues early on in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Good and bad.png|center|thumb|475x475px|Good and bad circuit ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Good_and_bad.png&amp;diff=1731</id>
		<title>File:Good and bad.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Good_and_bad.png&amp;diff=1731"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:25:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Good and bad circuitry&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Breadboard_function.png&amp;diff=1730</id>
		<title>File:Breadboard function.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Breadboard_function.png&amp;diff=1730"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:21:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;function of breadboard&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Original_breadboard.png&amp;diff=1729</id>
		<title>File:Original breadboard.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Original_breadboard.png&amp;diff=1729"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:20:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;cutting board with screws&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Breadboards.png&amp;diff=1728</id>
		<title>File:Breadboards.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Breadboards.png&amp;diff=1728"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:17:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;standard breadboard&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Breadboard&amp;diff=1727</id>
		<title>Breadboard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Breadboard&amp;diff=1727"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:16:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: Created page with &amp;quot;Breadboard   When you start your journey on electronics, you will eventually need to wire different parts to each other. Chances are, you will be requiring a breadboard to do...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Breadboard &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you start your journey on electronics, you will eventually need to wire different parts to each other. Chances are, you will be requiring a breadboard to do it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is a breadboard? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A breadboard is a simple device designed to allow you to easily create electronic circuits without the need for soldering. This device is great for the quick creation (prototyping) of temporary electronic circuits or to carry out experiments and tests on circuit design. Breadboards are made out of plastic and have metal connectors inside. They come in various sizes, and the design can vary, but as a general rule they look something like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, why is it called a breadboard? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, electrical engineers did not use tools such as Solderless breadboards as we use today. Instead, they would build electronic circuits by hammering nails and screws into wooden boards. These boards we typically bought from hardware stores for convenience which were often literal breadboards. The engineers would wrap the wires around the nails along with the other various electrical components, then glue and solder them together assuring a secure electrical connection.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back then, the electrical components were much larger and the circuitry was simpler. This being said, it would not be easy to create a complex circuit using this method as there would be wires possibly touching. Also, the modern PCB takes up fractions of the space of a pre-1970 breadboard would in an electronic device. Nowadays, breadboards are made out of plastic and have metal connectors inside. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do Breadboards work? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The breadboard has lots of little holes in it, and these holes are connected to each other in certain ways. There are two long rows on the sides of the breadboard, these are called the power rails. The holes in the power rails are connected to each other, so you can use them to provide power to your circuit. The power rails have a + sign to indicate the positive side and a - sign to indicate the negative side. The rest of the holes in the breadboard are in groups of five and are connected to each other in a row. So, if you put a component (like an LED or a resistor) into one of those holes, it will be connected to the other holes in the same row. This allows you to build a circuit by connecting different components together. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LINK &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, in short, a breadboard is like a big plugboard that allows you to build a circuit without soldering. The power rails provide power and the other holes allow you to connect different components together to make the circuit work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step by step on how to use a Breadboard &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
How to Use a Breadboard &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gather all necessary components: To begin, gather all the necessary components such as a breadboard, wires, and electronic components (LEDs, resistors, capacitors, transistors, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert electronic components into the breadboard: Start by inserting the electronic components into the breadboard. Make sure to insert the components into the correct row and column. Most breadboards have two columns of power rails, one for positive voltage and the other for negative voltage, and a grid of holes in the middle that are connected internally in rows and columns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Connect the electronic components using jumper wires: Use jumper wires to connect the positive and negative terminals of the components. The negative terminal is typically indicated by a black or white stripe, while a longer lead typically indicates the positive terminal. The jumper wires can be inserted into the holes of the breadboard, making sure that the wires are inserted into the same row as the component terminals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Incorporate any necessary resistors or other components: If you are using an LED, include a resistor in the circuit to prevent the LED from burning out. Also, If you are using any other components like capacitors, transistors, etc. make sure to connect them properly as per the circuit diagram. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Power the circuit: After all the components are inserted and connected, you can now power the circuit using a power supply such as a battery or a DC power adapter. The positive voltage rail should be connected to the positive terminal of the power supply, and the negative voltage rail should be connected to the negative terminal of the power supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Test the circuit: Test the circuit by turning on the power and observing if the components are functioning as expected. If the circuit is not working as expected, check for any loose connections or reversed polarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disassemble the circuit: Once you are done with the circuit, turn off the power and carefully remove all the components and wires from the breadboard. It is important to be gentle and not pull the wires out of the breadboard as it may damage the connections inside the breadboard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Store the components and wires properly: Finally, store the components and wires properly for next use. Make sure the components and wires are clean and dry before storing them. This will help to prevent any damage and extend the lifespan of the components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wire jumpers &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breadboards have many small connections inside them, but they only go in rows or in columns, so each pin or wire in a part has 5 total connection points. To wire the parts, you need to connect the parts using different wires. The following here are the pros and cons of each of the possible options: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stranded &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stranded wire is made up of many thin wires that are twisted together. It is flexible and can be easily bent, making it ideal for use in situations where the wire needs to be moved frequently. However, it can be more difficult to work with because the individual strands can break if not handled carefully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Solid core wire &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Solid wire is made up of a single piece of wire and is less flexible than stranded wire. It is easier to work with because it does not have individual strands that can break, but it can be more difficult to bend and shape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LINK &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jumper wires &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jumper wires are short, pre-formed wires with connectors on each end that are used to make connections on a breadboard. They come in different lengths and colors, and they are specifically designed to work with breadboards. They are easy to use and can save time when connecting components on a breadboard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tips for neat/reliable breadboarding &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plan ahead: Before you start building your circuit on the breadboard, take the time to plan out the connections and components you will need. This will help you to avoid mistakes and make the breadboarding process more efficient. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep it organized: As you build your circuit, keep the components and wires organized and tidy. This will make it easier to troubleshoot any issues that may arise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pay attention to polarity: Many components, such as LEDs and diodes, have a specific polarity and must be inserted into the breadboard with the correct orientation. Make sure to pay attention to the polarity of the components you are using. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Label your connections: As you build your circuit, make sure to label your connections. This will help you to keep track of the different parts of your circuit and will make troubleshooting much easier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Test as you go: Test your circuit as you build it to ensure that everything is working correctly. This will help you to identify and fix any issues early on in the process.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner&amp;diff=1726</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner&amp;diff=1726"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:15:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Introduction to Electronic Components */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Understanding Arduino Boards|Understanding Arduino Boards]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is a Micro-controller?===&lt;br /&gt;
A micro-controller is a compact integrated circuit that receives input from the environment, processes the input and can produce an output. It receives input from its I/O pins and processes the signals received using the CPU onboard the chip. Micro-controllers are usually embedded in larger systems and are utilized in many areas of life including vehicles, medical devices, home appliances, and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arduino is an open source electronics platform that provides an easy and accessible way to make robotics projects. The boards are able to receive input signals from sensors and can produce outputs through I/O pins. Arduino boards are used by a diverse set of people, including students, hobbyists, engineers, researchers due to the simple layout and programmability of the Arduino boards. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Arduino or microcontroller can be implemented in many ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/shubhamsuresh/how-to-make-a-bluetooth-controlled-rc-car-at-home-521212 A remote control car]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.instructables.com/Arduino-Night-Light/ A night light]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.instructables.com/Arduino-Kitchen-Scale/ A kitchen scale]&lt;br /&gt;
===Arduino board sections===&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 important board sections that the user must have a solid understanding of to start utilizing the board&#039;s functions. These sections are outlined below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sections of an Arduino board.svg|alt=Figure 1: Arduino board sections|border|center|Figure 1: Arduino board sections]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 1: Description of the 5 main sections of an arduino board&lt;br /&gt;
!Section&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|USB connector&lt;br /&gt;
|The arduino can be powered through a type A/B USB connector from the user’s laptop/computer to the board. This port is also used to upload programs onto the board.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Power port&lt;br /&gt;
|The arduino board can be powered through an AC-DC adapter or a battery. The power jack of the board can be connected to a 2.1 mm center-positive plug.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Power pins&lt;br /&gt;
|To power external circuitry, 3 standard voltages (0 V or GND, 3.3V, 5V) are provided in the ‘Power Pins’ section of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digital pins&lt;br /&gt;
|Digital pins on the arduino board can be configured as an input or an output. When the pins are configured as an input, the pins will send a binary signal into the board, which enables the board to read the sensed logic voltage levels (ie. either 0/low or 1/high). If the digital pins are configured as an output, then the arduino will send a binary signal to the pin.  There is a built-in LED pre-connected to digital pin 13. When the value of the pin is driven HIGH by the processor, the LED on the board is illuminated, when the pin is LOW, it&#039;s turned off. This can be used as a status indicator when programs are running.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Analog pins&lt;br /&gt;
|The analog pins allow the arduino board to receive or send an analog signal. These signals need to be converted into digital representations which can be used inside the software-executing portion of the Arduino processor (which only uses binary digital signals). Analog signal inputs can be accepted for conversion into digital via the Analog Pins header. The Analog to Digital (A/D or “A to D”) conversion is done inside the processor with specialized circuitry.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analog VS Digital signals===&lt;br /&gt;
A signal is an electromagnetic or electric current that transfers information from one source to another. There are two main types of signals used in electronics: analog or digital signals. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AvD.jpg|thumb|181x181px|Analog vs. Digital signals [https://www.the-vital-edge.com/words-as-bridge/&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Analog signals====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a time-varying and continuous type of signal that is often used to measure changes in light, sound, position, temperature, or other physical phenomena. When plotted in a voltage-time graph, the result is often a continuous and smooth curve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Digital signals====&lt;br /&gt;
A digital signal is a signal that represents information as a series of discrete binary values. Digital signals are used in all modern electronic applications, including communication and network devices. When plotted in a voltage-time graph, the signal is discrete, and ranges from 0 V to VCC (usually 1.8V, 3.3 V, or 5V).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting to an Arduino]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;There are a few ways that you can ruin or burn your Arduino, refer to&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Five Easy ways to Kill an Arduino|this guide]] &#039;&#039;&#039;before starting for more information.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;If you are using a lab computer in the Faculty of Engineering refer to&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Digital technologies/Arduino/How to connect to lab computers|this guide]] &#039;&#039;&#039;for additional steps to connect the Arduino.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Download the Arduino IDE from https://www.arduino.cc/en/software. Make sure to choose the version that is appropriate for your operating system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: Connect the Arduino to your computer via an A/B type USB cable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Once the Arduino is connected, your computer will recognize the Arduino board as a generic COM port. The power LEDs onboard the Arduino should light up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: Time to find out what port number is assigned so that the Arduino and computer can properly communicate with one another. in the IDE select Tools &amp;gt; Ports &amp;gt; Select a port. If even after selecting the port the Arduino doesn&#039;t connect, try a different port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5: Open the Arduino IDE. Under Tools&amp;gt;Board, ensure that the correct type of Arduino board  is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6: Under Tools&amp;gt; COM, ensure that the “port” is the one shown in the step above. Check that the programmer is set as “AVRISP AKII”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Possible bugs: ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re having trouble with your Arduino, refer to this guide: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino troubleshooting|Arduino troubleshooting]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;64oEr1zTlOg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino IDE and Tools|Arduino IDE and Tools]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arduino IDE:===&lt;br /&gt;
The process of programming includes designing and executing code in an integrated development environment, otherwise known as an IDE. Many different IDEs exist and are adopted for different usages, and allow programs to edit, debug, and execute (or compile) their code. In order to program an Arduino (regardless of what kind of microcontroller is used), one must have the Arduino IDE downloaded (Refer to &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting an Arduino]]&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When beginning your journey in learning how to code, its important to get to know the integrated development environment, or IDE that the coder will use to edit and compile the written programs. The following figure guides the users on the basic options available on the IDE:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arduino IDE2.jpg|930x930px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Libraries ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What is a library? ====&lt;br /&gt;
A library is a file that contains pre-written code that can be referred to in order to use certain sensors and functions. Often, in order to complete a task like connecting to a server to spinning a motor many lines of code must be written and executed. Libraries are bits of code that users can refer to in order to complete those tasks without having to type out each line of code, it simplifies the programming process and allows us to perform relatively complex tasks with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In beginner topics we won’t be using complex or external libraries! But keep this in mind for the following ones as this will be necessary later on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Built-in Libraries ====&lt;br /&gt;
Built-in libraries are ones that come preinstalled into the Arduino IDE, you don’t need to import the library into the IDE. An example of this type of library is the math.h library, which is used for most basic math operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Where to find them?&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few ways to look at what built-in libraries are available, you can do a quick search in different online Arduino forums, or the easiest way is to look at the library manager in the Arduino IDE. This window displays libraries that are already installed and you also have the ability to install new libraries that would would like.&lt;br /&gt;
As seen below, in the menu bar at the top of the window click on &#039;&#039;Tools &amp;gt; Manage Libraries...&#039;&#039; [[File:Library Dropdown.jpg|none|thumb|627x627px]]Inside the manager as seen below you are able to select the type of library you are looking for, for example, installed, etc.[[File:Manage libraries.png|thumb|alt=|none|783x783px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to use a library, one must declare it at the top of their code so that their IDE knows that that file is being referred to, the syntax is:&lt;br /&gt;
 #include&amp;lt;math.h&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Serial Monitors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The serial monitor is a function in the Arduino IDE that allows you to interact with your Arduino. Through it you are able to send information and also receive feedback or the system output, this aids in debugging and interacting with the program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The serial monitor can be accessed in two locations: the icon in the bar at the top of the IDE, as seen in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Serial MOnitor 2.png|center|thumb|667x667px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in the following drop down menu as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SML2.png|center|thumb|536x536px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few features to note is the baud rate and auto scroll functionality. The baud rate must match the one dictated in the program, this value dictates that rate that the Arduino and IDE communicate with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tempsnip.png|center|thumb|808x808px]]When using the serial monitor it must be initialized in the code for a specific baud rate as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
 Void Setup {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.begin(9600);  //this initializes the monitor at a baud rate of 9600 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few different ways to output values on to the serial monitor for example when wanting to output the value held by a variable the following syntax can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.print(variable_name):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.println(variable_name); //for outputting each value on a new line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, when wanting to output a string or phrase the following syntax can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.print(&amp;quot;INSERT PHRASE&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.println(&amp;quot;INSERT PHRASE&amp;quot;); //for outputting each value on a new line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;f1z-1Db2IAI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Programming Syntax and Conceptualization|Introduction to Programming Syntax and Conceptualization]]==&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned previously, and IDE is used to compile and execute the code utilized in a microcontroller. There are many different IDEs that can be used for various types of microcontroller and for each purpose there are more suitable boards that can be used. In order to program an Arduino, one must have the Arduino IDE downloaded (Refer to &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting an Arduino]]&#039;&#039;&#039;). The Arduino IDE provides users with a programming editor as well as a way to easily upload and compile programs onto the Arduino board. Programs in the Arduino IDE are called sketches, and are normally saved with the .ino extension. The language used to program the Arduino board is based on the C++ language, which is a general use Object Oriented language. Like any common language, in order to start coding, one must be aware of the grammar rules and vocabulary that is used. An important word that will be often encountered is a “function”, which is a block of code that takes in an input, processes the input, then returns an output. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Blink program: An Example ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Arduino IDE provides creators with a plethora of written programs that are fully ready to run on an Arduino board. They are located in the Files&amp;gt;Examples folder. Among the most basic is the &amp;quot;Blink&amp;quot; program, which can be used to not only get to know the basic features in the software and the hardware, but are also a great way to test the connectivity between the Arduino board and the user&#039;s computer. This program is located in Files&amp;gt;Examples&amp;gt;01.Basics&amp;gt;Blink.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following provides an overview of the different functions used in this program:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Blink program overview.jpg|center|frameless|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 2: Overview of functions used in the Blink program&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Setup()&lt;br /&gt;
|Performs any actions that are initially required to run the rest of the program, such as initializing any peripheral components and setting the communication frequency between the Arduino and the PC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Loop()&lt;br /&gt;
|The loop function acts as the program&#039;s driver, it runs on a continuous loop and specifies the order of operation the microcontroller will perform. Execution starts at the top, goes through the contents of the loop and then starts executing from the top again. This procedure is repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|pinMode (pin number, INPUT or Output)&lt;br /&gt;
|Configures the pin to behave as either an INPUT or an OUTPUT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|digitalWrite (pin number, HIGH or LOW)&lt;br /&gt;
|Writes a HIGH or LOW value to a digital pin. If the pin has been configured as an OUTPUT, then the signal sent over (ie the voltage) will be set as 5 V (HIGH), or 0 V (LOW). For 3.3 V output boards, the high value will be set to 3.3 V, whereas the low is the same as the 5V board, which is 0V.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Delay (time in milliseconds)&lt;br /&gt;
|Pauses the program for the amount of time specified in the parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initializing a Pin as an Input or Output ===&lt;br /&gt;
When using components you will often have to initialize the pin they are connected to as either an input or output! The syntax for this will vary depending on the component and what pin type it is connected to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analog Input/output ====&lt;br /&gt;
When trying to manipulate data from an analog pin, the following lines of code are used to read data from it:&lt;br /&gt;
 int &#039;&#039;variable&#039;&#039; = analogRead(&#039;&#039;insert pin number&#039;&#039;); //here a variable is being defined to hold the value read from the pin&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to write data to the pin the following syntax is used:&lt;br /&gt;
 int &#039;&#039;variable&#039;&#039; = analogWrite(&#039;&#039;insert pin number&#039;&#039;); //here a variable is being defined to hold the value read from the pin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital Input/output ====&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to use a digital pin you will need to declare as either an input or output in the Void Setup () as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
 pinMode(LED1, OUTPUT); //For example if you had a pin called LED1&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to write a value to LED1 then you would use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
 digitalWrite(LED1, HIGH); //Here HIGH or LOW would indicate if you would like the led to turn on - for turning it on you set HIGH, and LOW otherwise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Some other basic considerations: ======&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 3: Overview of some basic elements of programming&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|{....}&lt;br /&gt;
|Starts and ends a function or is used to group different statements together&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comment bars&lt;br /&gt;
|/* ….*/ or //&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows coders to add comments to their code to make it more readable to other humans. Important to note that all comments do not get executed by the program and therefore do not alter the program!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Semicolon&lt;br /&gt;
|...;&lt;br /&gt;
|This character ends a program statement and lets the compiler know ‘the end of the current line/statement’&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
It is also important to be aware that the Arduino editor is case sensitive, meaning that the words “DOOR” and “Door” are not understood to be the same word by the compiler. Furthermore, to make writing and editing code more friendly, the Arduino IDE will colour code important functions, comments, etc. This will be seen later in this section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen below, certain preexisting functions in the Arduino IDE will often times be a certain colour. This is a good indicator of if whether or not you have written the function correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IDEAFS.png|center|thumb|587x587px|Cited from: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Arduino_IDE_-_Blink.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pseudocode and Flowcharts ===&lt;br /&gt;
As the complexity of your projects progress keeping track of all the different functions will likely become increasingly more difficult. Some tools that are often used to help create a layout of what the purpose of the programs is include pseudocode and flowchart. They both aid in visualizing and outlining the logic behind your code, the difference between the two is that flowcharts are more visually based and in contrast pseudocode is a typed-up outline of the code [refer to examples below].&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PseudoCode Example.png|none|frame|Example Pseudocode. (Source: https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Simple-inheritance-mechanism-pseudocode_fig3_7305018)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flowchart Example.png|none|frame|Flowchart Example (Source: https://m.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG6ePePp5vvYVEjRanyndt7ZSqTzillom)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows the designer (you) to be able to work through the logic behind the code before creating it, allowing for a far smoother design process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;rSz7549WSjY&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Variables and Conditional Statements|Introduction to Variables and Conditional Statements]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Variables===&lt;br /&gt;
Variables allow  information in programmers to be stored or changed within the code. In order to create a variable within your program, it must be declared. To declare a variable, the coder has to write the type of variable to be declared first. Different types exist, most commonly used are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 4: Summary of commonly used variable types&lt;br /&gt;
!Type&lt;br /&gt;
!Syntax&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Integers&lt;br /&gt;
|int&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|non-integers (rational and non-rational)&lt;br /&gt;
|double or float&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|characters&lt;br /&gt;
|char&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
After declaring the variable type, the coder must then name the variable. The variable name should clearly reflect the purpose of the value, so that the coder and the reader can easily identify which value is associated with what variable. Additionally, variables cannot have spaces embedded within the name. For example, &amp;quot;My deposit&amp;quot; is not a valid variable name, but &amp;quot;MyDeposit&amp;quot; is. Note that capitalization can be useful for readability. Furthermore, variables should not start with digits, or with an underscore &amp;quot;_&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After naming the variable, the coder can choose to initialize the variable, which is choosing an initial value to be associated with the variable (which can change throughout the program). Be careful to stay consistent with the type of the variable. For example, you cannot initialize the variable int Age with a value of &amp;quot;k&amp;quot;, as &amp;quot;k&amp;quot; is not an integer. The code segments below illustrate the process of initialization:&lt;br /&gt;
 int a;// not initialized, which is ok!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 double b=1.23;/* Note that the 1.23 value matches with the “double” type which is a rational number*/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 char MyVariable = “h”; //note the semicolons!&lt;br /&gt;
The following will produce an error, which will disable the compiler from compiling your code:&lt;br /&gt;
 char YourVariable= 1.23; // 1.23 is not a character!&lt;br /&gt;
Variables can be classified into either global or local variables. The main difference is the scope at which they can be accessed. A global variable can be accessed by all functions that exist within a program, whereas a local variable can be accessed through only the function where it is declared. The example below illustrates this well [https://www.arduino.cc/reference/en/language/variables/variable-scope-qualifiers/scope/&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;]:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 /* There are two functions in this program: setup() and loop(), and three variables: &amp;quot;k&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;i&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;f&amp;quot;.*/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 int k;  // any function will see this variable, thus called a global variable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 void setup() {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   // ... }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 void loop() {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   int i;    // &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; is only &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; inside of &amp;quot;loop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   float f; }  // &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; is only &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; inside of &amp;quot;loop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .....// some lines of code}&lt;br /&gt;
===Conditionals===&lt;br /&gt;
Conditional statements are programming operations that tells the computer to perform an action for a certain set of conditions. An &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; statement is the most common, and tells the computer to perform a set of actions only if the condition is fulfilled. The syntax is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition) {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /// a set of instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
Common alteration of the if statements are the &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;if... else if&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; conditionals first checks the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; conditional, in the case that its true, the compiler will ignore the &amp;quot;else&amp;quot; set of instructions. In the case that the condition(s) declared in the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; statement are not fulfilled, the &amp;quot;else&amp;quot; instructions will automatically run. The syntax for an &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; statement is:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition){&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 else {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions that will ONLY run in the case the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; conditions are not fulfilled }&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of the &amp;quot;if...else if&amp;quot; set of instructions, the program will only run if the conditions specified in the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;else if&amp;quot; are true. The syntax is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition){&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 else if (condition) {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;YktSocf2vSc&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Electronics and Circuitry|Introduction to Electronics and Circuitry]]==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction to Circuits===&lt;br /&gt;
A circuit is a pathway where electricity can flow through a closed path from the negative (cathode) to the positive (anode) end of a power source. Elements in a circuit can either supply or expend energy. Energy is measured in Joules (J). Suppliers of energy are called sources; they provide a voltage, or charge electrons with energy. The number of electrons flowing in a circuit is called a current, measured in Amperes (A). A common voltage source is a chemical battery, which is an example of a direct-current power source (DC). It provides electrons with a fixed amount of energy (i.e. a fixed voltage) through a chemical reaction within a battery. Resistance is a value that describes how easy for electrons to move in a material when voltage is applied. Resistors are devices that can be added to the circuit to impede current flow.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ohm&#039;s Law ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few ways to calculate the required values for each component, however one of the basic ways of calculating them is &#039;&#039;&#039;Ohm&#039;s law&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship that represents the relationship between voltage, current, and resistance is ohm’s law, represented by: &#039;&#039;&#039;V=IR&#039;&#039;&#039;. The power source in a circuit determines the voltage supplied and the current available. The connected components will draw current from the power source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three arrangements of circuits, series, parallel, and combination. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ohms law diagram.png|thumb|248x248px|Ohm&#039;s Law (Source: https://learn.digilentinc.com/Documents/331)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Series Circuits ====&lt;br /&gt;
In a series circuit, the amount of current flowing is the same at all points in the circuit, whereas the voltage supplied by the battery is equal to the voltage drop across each component. A series circuit has only one path for electricity to flow, so if any component fails in the circuit, all other components will also stop operating, as the circuit is now open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Parallel Circuits ====&lt;br /&gt;
In a parallel circuit, the voltage is the same in all branches, whereas the current is different in each branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Series vs parallel resistance.png|center|thumb|786x786px|(Source: https://makeabilitylab.github.io/physcomp/electronics/series-parallel.html)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;F_vLWkkOETI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to Electronic Components ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Breadboard ====&lt;br /&gt;
A breadboard is used to prototype a temporary circuit. The user can build, test and analyze a circuit without any permanent connections. It is made up of terminal strips and power rails. The terminal strips are used to hold any number of components in place and make electrical connections in a horizontal row. The power rails are the long vertical strips and are used to facilitate power (+) and ground (-) connections by placing them all in one column.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BB-2.png|center|thumb|682x682px|Connections inside a breadboard (Source: https://dreyfuzz.github.io/hackinghardware/)]]&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Breadboard|breadboard page]] you will find information on various technics to using breadboards or why it&#039;s even called a breadboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== LED ====&lt;br /&gt;
A Light Emitting Diode, or LED, is a semiconductor device that lights up when an electric current passes through it. They come in many different colours and shapes, and are very versatile. LEDs are diodes, which means that current flows through the element in only one way, from the positive to the negative end. On an LED, the cathode end can be identified by either a flat edge on the body, or as the shorter leg. As such, the anode is the other end (the longer leg on the LED).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LED - 1.png|center|thumb|198x198px|(Source: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/rowan07/make-a-simple-led-circuit-ce8308)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pushbutton====&lt;br /&gt;
A pushbutton is an electronic switch component that completes the circuit only when pressed. In an electric circuit, electricity needs to flow continuously through the circuit in order for all parts to function. The pushbutton interrupts this circuit and forms a gap, so that electricity doesn&#039;t flow to the other side of the pushbutton. When the pushbutton is pressed. a small spring is activated that is made of conducting material so that electricity flows through the spring to the other side of the pushbutton.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pushb.png|center|thumb|(Source: https://www.sparkfun.com/products/9190)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Resistor====&lt;br /&gt;
A resistor is an electrical component which creates electrical impedance, or resistance to current flow. The amount of resistance a resistor provides can be read from the bands of colour on the resistor, which are read left to right. For four bands resistors, the first and second bands represent digits, while the third band represents a multiplier to multiply the digits of the first and second band by. The fourth band is the tolerance, it represents how much the resistor may deviate from the value indicated by the bands. The value of the resistor can also be determined using the ohmic function of a multimeter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resistors are often used in series with components to reduce the amount of current flowing through a circuit, often to protect components rated for lower current amounts. Pull-up and pull-down resistors are used to bias an input on the Arduino to be either HIGH or LOW respectively. This needs to be done as the resting level of the input isn’t necessarily 0. This is especially useful when working with sensors that have an analog output.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resistor 1.png|left|thumb|(Source: https://www.autodesk.com/products/fusion-360/blog/how-to-choose-the-right-resistor/)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bands.png|none|thumb|453x453px|How to read a resistor. (Source: https://www.arrow.com/en/research-and-events/articles/resistor-color-code)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Sensors|Introduction to Sensors]]==&lt;br /&gt;
Sensors enable the microcontroller to sense the surrounding environment. Many sensors exist on the market, including but not limited to buttons, temperature sensors, pressure sensors, photoresistors, humidity and moisture, and many more. The output of the sensor (a voltage) changes based on the measured environment properties, and sends that signal over to the Arduino board.                         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different sensors will use different voltage levels and different methods of communication with microcontrollers. It is always important to read their datasheet and make sure they are compatible with your system before continuing or design your system around the sensor specifications.                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sensors1.png|center|frame|(Source: https://www.electronicshub.org/different-types-sensors/)]]            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Online Simulators|Online Simulators]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
Tinkercad is an online platform that enables users to virtually model 3D designs and circuits. Its user friendly interface and functionality encourages students and hobbyists to investigate the functionality of the Arduino boards virtually, as well as start building their designs. To sign up, create an account on: https://www.tinkercad.com, or alternatively, login with google, facebook etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your account is created, the user can navigate to the “circuits” tab in the left-hand menu, and click on “ Create new circuit”. This opens a new tab, where the available circuit components can be viewed in the right-hand menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start putting a circuit together, the user can drag the components from the library and place it in the “building zone”, noted above. In addition, note the “Code” button in the top bar; this button enables the users to program the Arduino to perform specific functions. To start the simulation, the “start simulation” is available in the top tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information refer to the following resources:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.tinkercad.com/learn/circuits &#039;&#039;&#039;Tinkercad: Circuits&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.tinkercad.com/learn/codeblocks &#039;&#039;&#039;Tinkercad: Programming&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner&amp;diff=1725</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner&amp;diff=1725"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T21:14:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Introduction to Electronics and Circuitry */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Understanding Arduino Boards|Understanding Arduino Boards]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is a Micro-controller?===&lt;br /&gt;
A micro-controller is a compact integrated circuit that receives input from the environment, processes the input and can produce an output. It receives input from its I/O pins and processes the signals received using the CPU onboard the chip. Micro-controllers are usually embedded in larger systems and are utilized in many areas of life including vehicles, medical devices, home appliances, and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arduino is an open source electronics platform that provides an easy and accessible way to make robotics projects. The boards are able to receive input signals from sensors and can produce outputs through I/O pins. Arduino boards are used by a diverse set of people, including students, hobbyists, engineers, researchers due to the simple layout and programmability of the Arduino boards. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Arduino or microcontroller can be implemented in many ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/shubhamsuresh/how-to-make-a-bluetooth-controlled-rc-car-at-home-521212 A remote control car]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.instructables.com/Arduino-Night-Light/ A night light]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.instructables.com/Arduino-Kitchen-Scale/ A kitchen scale]&lt;br /&gt;
===Arduino board sections===&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 important board sections that the user must have a solid understanding of to start utilizing the board&#039;s functions. These sections are outlined below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sections of an Arduino board.svg|alt=Figure 1: Arduino board sections|border|center|Figure 1: Arduino board sections]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 1: Description of the 5 main sections of an arduino board&lt;br /&gt;
!Section&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|USB connector&lt;br /&gt;
|The arduino can be powered through a type A/B USB connector from the user’s laptop/computer to the board. This port is also used to upload programs onto the board.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Power port&lt;br /&gt;
|The arduino board can be powered through an AC-DC adapter or a battery. The power jack of the board can be connected to a 2.1 mm center-positive plug.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Power pins&lt;br /&gt;
|To power external circuitry, 3 standard voltages (0 V or GND, 3.3V, 5V) are provided in the ‘Power Pins’ section of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digital pins&lt;br /&gt;
|Digital pins on the arduino board can be configured as an input or an output. When the pins are configured as an input, the pins will send a binary signal into the board, which enables the board to read the sensed logic voltage levels (ie. either 0/low or 1/high). If the digital pins are configured as an output, then the arduino will send a binary signal to the pin.  There is a built-in LED pre-connected to digital pin 13. When the value of the pin is driven HIGH by the processor, the LED on the board is illuminated, when the pin is LOW, it&#039;s turned off. This can be used as a status indicator when programs are running.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Analog pins&lt;br /&gt;
|The analog pins allow the arduino board to receive or send an analog signal. These signals need to be converted into digital representations which can be used inside the software-executing portion of the Arduino processor (which only uses binary digital signals). Analog signal inputs can be accepted for conversion into digital via the Analog Pins header. The Analog to Digital (A/D or “A to D”) conversion is done inside the processor with specialized circuitry.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analog VS Digital signals===&lt;br /&gt;
A signal is an electromagnetic or electric current that transfers information from one source to another. There are two main types of signals used in electronics: analog or digital signals. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AvD.jpg|thumb|181x181px|Analog vs. Digital signals [https://www.the-vital-edge.com/words-as-bridge/&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Analog signals====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a time-varying and continuous type of signal that is often used to measure changes in light, sound, position, temperature, or other physical phenomena. When plotted in a voltage-time graph, the result is often a continuous and smooth curve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Digital signals====&lt;br /&gt;
A digital signal is a signal that represents information as a series of discrete binary values. Digital signals are used in all modern electronic applications, including communication and network devices. When plotted in a voltage-time graph, the signal is discrete, and ranges from 0 V to VCC (usually 1.8V, 3.3 V, or 5V).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting to an Arduino]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;There are a few ways that you can ruin or burn your Arduino, refer to&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Five Easy ways to Kill an Arduino|this guide]] &#039;&#039;&#039;before starting for more information.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;If you are using a lab computer in the Faculty of Engineering refer to&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Digital technologies/Arduino/How to connect to lab computers|this guide]] &#039;&#039;&#039;for additional steps to connect the Arduino.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Download the Arduino IDE from https://www.arduino.cc/en/software. Make sure to choose the version that is appropriate for your operating system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: Connect the Arduino to your computer via an A/B type USB cable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Once the Arduino is connected, your computer will recognize the Arduino board as a generic COM port. The power LEDs onboard the Arduino should light up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: Time to find out what port number is assigned so that the Arduino and computer can properly communicate with one another. in the IDE select Tools &amp;gt; Ports &amp;gt; Select a port. If even after selecting the port the Arduino doesn&#039;t connect, try a different port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5: Open the Arduino IDE. Under Tools&amp;gt;Board, ensure that the correct type of Arduino board  is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6: Under Tools&amp;gt; COM, ensure that the “port” is the one shown in the step above. Check that the programmer is set as “AVRISP AKII”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Possible bugs: ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re having trouble with your Arduino, refer to this guide: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino troubleshooting|Arduino troubleshooting]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;64oEr1zTlOg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino IDE and Tools|Arduino IDE and Tools]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arduino IDE:===&lt;br /&gt;
The process of programming includes designing and executing code in an integrated development environment, otherwise known as an IDE. Many different IDEs exist and are adopted for different usages, and allow programs to edit, debug, and execute (or compile) their code. In order to program an Arduino (regardless of what kind of microcontroller is used), one must have the Arduino IDE downloaded (Refer to &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting an Arduino]]&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When beginning your journey in learning how to code, its important to get to know the integrated development environment, or IDE that the coder will use to edit and compile the written programs. The following figure guides the users on the basic options available on the IDE:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arduino IDE2.jpg|930x930px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Libraries ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What is a library? ====&lt;br /&gt;
A library is a file that contains pre-written code that can be referred to in order to use certain sensors and functions. Often, in order to complete a task like connecting to a server to spinning a motor many lines of code must be written and executed. Libraries are bits of code that users can refer to in order to complete those tasks without having to type out each line of code, it simplifies the programming process and allows us to perform relatively complex tasks with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In beginner topics we won’t be using complex or external libraries! But keep this in mind for the following ones as this will be necessary later on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Built-in Libraries ====&lt;br /&gt;
Built-in libraries are ones that come preinstalled into the Arduino IDE, you don’t need to import the library into the IDE. An example of this type of library is the math.h library, which is used for most basic math operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Where to find them?&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few ways to look at what built-in libraries are available, you can do a quick search in different online Arduino forums, or the easiest way is to look at the library manager in the Arduino IDE. This window displays libraries that are already installed and you also have the ability to install new libraries that would would like.&lt;br /&gt;
As seen below, in the menu bar at the top of the window click on &#039;&#039;Tools &amp;gt; Manage Libraries...&#039;&#039; [[File:Library Dropdown.jpg|none|thumb|627x627px]]Inside the manager as seen below you are able to select the type of library you are looking for, for example, installed, etc.[[File:Manage libraries.png|thumb|alt=|none|783x783px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to use a library, one must declare it at the top of their code so that their IDE knows that that file is being referred to, the syntax is:&lt;br /&gt;
 #include&amp;lt;math.h&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Serial Monitors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The serial monitor is a function in the Arduino IDE that allows you to interact with your Arduino. Through it you are able to send information and also receive feedback or the system output, this aids in debugging and interacting with the program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The serial monitor can be accessed in two locations: the icon in the bar at the top of the IDE, as seen in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Serial MOnitor 2.png|center|thumb|667x667px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in the following drop down menu as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SML2.png|center|thumb|536x536px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few features to note is the baud rate and auto scroll functionality. The baud rate must match the one dictated in the program, this value dictates that rate that the Arduino and IDE communicate with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tempsnip.png|center|thumb|808x808px]]When using the serial monitor it must be initialized in the code for a specific baud rate as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
 Void Setup {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.begin(9600);  //this initializes the monitor at a baud rate of 9600 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few different ways to output values on to the serial monitor for example when wanting to output the value held by a variable the following syntax can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.print(variable_name):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.println(variable_name); //for outputting each value on a new line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, when wanting to output a string or phrase the following syntax can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.print(&amp;quot;INSERT PHRASE&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.println(&amp;quot;INSERT PHRASE&amp;quot;); //for outputting each value on a new line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;f1z-1Db2IAI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Programming Syntax and Conceptualization|Introduction to Programming Syntax and Conceptualization]]==&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned previously, and IDE is used to compile and execute the code utilized in a microcontroller. There are many different IDEs that can be used for various types of microcontroller and for each purpose there are more suitable boards that can be used. In order to program an Arduino, one must have the Arduino IDE downloaded (Refer to &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting an Arduino]]&#039;&#039;&#039;). The Arduino IDE provides users with a programming editor as well as a way to easily upload and compile programs onto the Arduino board. Programs in the Arduino IDE are called sketches, and are normally saved with the .ino extension. The language used to program the Arduino board is based on the C++ language, which is a general use Object Oriented language. Like any common language, in order to start coding, one must be aware of the grammar rules and vocabulary that is used. An important word that will be often encountered is a “function”, which is a block of code that takes in an input, processes the input, then returns an output. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Blink program: An Example ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Arduino IDE provides creators with a plethora of written programs that are fully ready to run on an Arduino board. They are located in the Files&amp;gt;Examples folder. Among the most basic is the &amp;quot;Blink&amp;quot; program, which can be used to not only get to know the basic features in the software and the hardware, but are also a great way to test the connectivity between the Arduino board and the user&#039;s computer. This program is located in Files&amp;gt;Examples&amp;gt;01.Basics&amp;gt;Blink.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following provides an overview of the different functions used in this program:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Blink program overview.jpg|center|frameless|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 2: Overview of functions used in the Blink program&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Setup()&lt;br /&gt;
|Performs any actions that are initially required to run the rest of the program, such as initializing any peripheral components and setting the communication frequency between the Arduino and the PC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Loop()&lt;br /&gt;
|The loop function acts as the program&#039;s driver, it runs on a continuous loop and specifies the order of operation the microcontroller will perform. Execution starts at the top, goes through the contents of the loop and then starts executing from the top again. This procedure is repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|pinMode (pin number, INPUT or Output)&lt;br /&gt;
|Configures the pin to behave as either an INPUT or an OUTPUT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|digitalWrite (pin number, HIGH or LOW)&lt;br /&gt;
|Writes a HIGH or LOW value to a digital pin. If the pin has been configured as an OUTPUT, then the signal sent over (ie the voltage) will be set as 5 V (HIGH), or 0 V (LOW). For 3.3 V output boards, the high value will be set to 3.3 V, whereas the low is the same as the 5V board, which is 0V.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Delay (time in milliseconds)&lt;br /&gt;
|Pauses the program for the amount of time specified in the parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initializing a Pin as an Input or Output ===&lt;br /&gt;
When using components you will often have to initialize the pin they are connected to as either an input or output! The syntax for this will vary depending on the component and what pin type it is connected to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analog Input/output ====&lt;br /&gt;
When trying to manipulate data from an analog pin, the following lines of code are used to read data from it:&lt;br /&gt;
 int &#039;&#039;variable&#039;&#039; = analogRead(&#039;&#039;insert pin number&#039;&#039;); //here a variable is being defined to hold the value read from the pin&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to write data to the pin the following syntax is used:&lt;br /&gt;
 int &#039;&#039;variable&#039;&#039; = analogWrite(&#039;&#039;insert pin number&#039;&#039;); //here a variable is being defined to hold the value read from the pin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital Input/output ====&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to use a digital pin you will need to declare as either an input or output in the Void Setup () as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
 pinMode(LED1, OUTPUT); //For example if you had a pin called LED1&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to write a value to LED1 then you would use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
 digitalWrite(LED1, HIGH); //Here HIGH or LOW would indicate if you would like the led to turn on - for turning it on you set HIGH, and LOW otherwise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Some other basic considerations: ======&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 3: Overview of some basic elements of programming&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|{....}&lt;br /&gt;
|Starts and ends a function or is used to group different statements together&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comment bars&lt;br /&gt;
|/* ….*/ or //&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows coders to add comments to their code to make it more readable to other humans. Important to note that all comments do not get executed by the program and therefore do not alter the program!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Semicolon&lt;br /&gt;
|...;&lt;br /&gt;
|This character ends a program statement and lets the compiler know ‘the end of the current line/statement’&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
It is also important to be aware that the Arduino editor is case sensitive, meaning that the words “DOOR” and “Door” are not understood to be the same word by the compiler. Furthermore, to make writing and editing code more friendly, the Arduino IDE will colour code important functions, comments, etc. This will be seen later in this section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen below, certain preexisting functions in the Arduino IDE will often times be a certain colour. This is a good indicator of if whether or not you have written the function correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IDEAFS.png|center|thumb|587x587px|Cited from: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Arduino_IDE_-_Blink.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pseudocode and Flowcharts ===&lt;br /&gt;
As the complexity of your projects progress keeping track of all the different functions will likely become increasingly more difficult. Some tools that are often used to help create a layout of what the purpose of the programs is include pseudocode and flowchart. They both aid in visualizing and outlining the logic behind your code, the difference between the two is that flowcharts are more visually based and in contrast pseudocode is a typed-up outline of the code [refer to examples below].&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PseudoCode Example.png|none|frame|Example Pseudocode. (Source: https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Simple-inheritance-mechanism-pseudocode_fig3_7305018)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flowchart Example.png|none|frame|Flowchart Example (Source: https://m.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG6ePePp5vvYVEjRanyndt7ZSqTzillom)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows the designer (you) to be able to work through the logic behind the code before creating it, allowing for a far smoother design process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;rSz7549WSjY&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Variables and Conditional Statements|Introduction to Variables and Conditional Statements]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Variables===&lt;br /&gt;
Variables allow  information in programmers to be stored or changed within the code. In order to create a variable within your program, it must be declared. To declare a variable, the coder has to write the type of variable to be declared first. Different types exist, most commonly used are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 4: Summary of commonly used variable types&lt;br /&gt;
!Type&lt;br /&gt;
!Syntax&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Integers&lt;br /&gt;
|int&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|non-integers (rational and non-rational)&lt;br /&gt;
|double or float&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|characters&lt;br /&gt;
|char&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
After declaring the variable type, the coder must then name the variable. The variable name should clearly reflect the purpose of the value, so that the coder and the reader can easily identify which value is associated with what variable. Additionally, variables cannot have spaces embedded within the name. For example, &amp;quot;My deposit&amp;quot; is not a valid variable name, but &amp;quot;MyDeposit&amp;quot; is. Note that capitalization can be useful for readability. Furthermore, variables should not start with digits, or with an underscore &amp;quot;_&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After naming the variable, the coder can choose to initialize the variable, which is choosing an initial value to be associated with the variable (which can change throughout the program). Be careful to stay consistent with the type of the variable. For example, you cannot initialize the variable int Age with a value of &amp;quot;k&amp;quot;, as &amp;quot;k&amp;quot; is not an integer. The code segments below illustrate the process of initialization:&lt;br /&gt;
 int a;// not initialized, which is ok!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 double b=1.23;/* Note that the 1.23 value matches with the “double” type which is a rational number*/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 char MyVariable = “h”; //note the semicolons!&lt;br /&gt;
The following will produce an error, which will disable the compiler from compiling your code:&lt;br /&gt;
 char YourVariable= 1.23; // 1.23 is not a character!&lt;br /&gt;
Variables can be classified into either global or local variables. The main difference is the scope at which they can be accessed. A global variable can be accessed by all functions that exist within a program, whereas a local variable can be accessed through only the function where it is declared. The example below illustrates this well [https://www.arduino.cc/reference/en/language/variables/variable-scope-qualifiers/scope/&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;]:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 /* There are two functions in this program: setup() and loop(), and three variables: &amp;quot;k&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;i&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;f&amp;quot;.*/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 int k;  // any function will see this variable, thus called a global variable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 void setup() {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   // ... }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 void loop() {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   int i;    // &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; is only &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; inside of &amp;quot;loop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   float f; }  // &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; is only &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; inside of &amp;quot;loop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .....// some lines of code}&lt;br /&gt;
===Conditionals===&lt;br /&gt;
Conditional statements are programming operations that tells the computer to perform an action for a certain set of conditions. An &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; statement is the most common, and tells the computer to perform a set of actions only if the condition is fulfilled. The syntax is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition) {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /// a set of instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
Common alteration of the if statements are the &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;if... else if&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; conditionals first checks the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; conditional, in the case that its true, the compiler will ignore the &amp;quot;else&amp;quot; set of instructions. In the case that the condition(s) declared in the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; statement are not fulfilled, the &amp;quot;else&amp;quot; instructions will automatically run. The syntax for an &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; statement is:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition){&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 else {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions that will ONLY run in the case the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; conditions are not fulfilled }&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of the &amp;quot;if...else if&amp;quot; set of instructions, the program will only run if the conditions specified in the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;else if&amp;quot; are true. The syntax is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition){&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 else if (condition) {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;YktSocf2vSc&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Electronics and Circuitry|Introduction to Electronics and Circuitry]]==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction to Circuits===&lt;br /&gt;
A circuit is a pathway where electricity can flow through a closed path from the negative (cathode) to the positive (anode) end of a power source. Elements in a circuit can either supply or expend energy. Energy is measured in Joules (J). Suppliers of energy are called sources; they provide a voltage, or charge electrons with energy. The number of electrons flowing in a circuit is called a current, measured in Amperes (A). A common voltage source is a chemical battery, which is an example of a direct-current power source (DC). It provides electrons with a fixed amount of energy (i.e. a fixed voltage) through a chemical reaction within a battery. Resistance is a value that describes how easy for electrons to move in a material when voltage is applied. Resistors are devices that can be added to the circuit to impede current flow.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ohm&#039;s Law ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few ways to calculate the required values for each component, however one of the basic ways of calculating them is &#039;&#039;&#039;Ohm&#039;s law&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship that represents the relationship between voltage, current, and resistance is ohm’s law, represented by: &#039;&#039;&#039;V=IR&#039;&#039;&#039;. The power source in a circuit determines the voltage supplied and the current available. The connected components will draw current from the power source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three arrangements of circuits, series, parallel, and combination. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ohms law diagram.png|thumb|248x248px|Ohm&#039;s Law (Source: https://learn.digilentinc.com/Documents/331)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Series Circuits ====&lt;br /&gt;
In a series circuit, the amount of current flowing is the same at all points in the circuit, whereas the voltage supplied by the battery is equal to the voltage drop across each component. A series circuit has only one path for electricity to flow, so if any component fails in the circuit, all other components will also stop operating, as the circuit is now open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Parallel Circuits ====&lt;br /&gt;
In a parallel circuit, the voltage is the same in all branches, whereas the current is different in each branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Series vs parallel resistance.png|center|thumb|786x786px|(Source: https://makeabilitylab.github.io/physcomp/electronics/series-parallel.html)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;F_vLWkkOETI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to Electronic Components ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Breadboard ====&lt;br /&gt;
A breadboard is used to prototype a temporary circuit. The user can build, test and analyze a circuit without any permanent connections. It is made up of terminal strips and power rails. The terminal strips are used to hold any number of components in place and make electrical connections in a horizontal row. The power rails are the long vertical strips and are used to facilitate power (+) and ground (-) connections by placing them all in one column.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BB-2.png|center|thumb|682x682px|Connections inside a breadboard (Source: https://dreyfuzz.github.io/hackinghardware/)]]&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[Digital technologies|breadboard page]] you will find information on various technics to using breadboards or why it&#039;s even called a breadboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== LED ====&lt;br /&gt;
A Light Emitting Diode, or LED, is a semiconductor device that lights up when an electric current passes through it. They come in many different colours and shapes, and are very versatile. LEDs are diodes, which means that current flows through the element in only one way, from the positive to the negative end. On an LED, the cathode end can be identified by either a flat edge on the body, or as the shorter leg. As such, the anode is the other end (the longer leg on the LED).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LED - 1.png|center|thumb|198x198px|(Source: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/rowan07/make-a-simple-led-circuit-ce8308)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pushbutton====&lt;br /&gt;
A pushbutton is an electronic switch component that completes the circuit only when pressed. In an electric circuit, electricity needs to flow continuously through the circuit in order for all parts to function. The pushbutton interrupts this circuit and forms a gap, so that electricity doesn&#039;t flow to the other side of the pushbutton. When the pushbutton is pressed. a small spring is activated that is made of conducting material so that electricity flows through the spring to the other side of the pushbutton.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pushb.png|center|thumb|(Source: https://www.sparkfun.com/products/9190)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Resistor====&lt;br /&gt;
A resistor is an electrical component which creates electrical impedance, or resistance to current flow. The amount of resistance a resistor provides can be read from the bands of colour on the resistor, which are read left to right. For four bands resistors, the first and second bands represent digits, while the third band represents a multiplier to multiply the digits of the first and second band by. The fourth band is the tolerance, it represents how much the resistor may deviate from the value indicated by the bands. The value of the resistor can also be determined using the ohmic function of a multimeter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resistors are often used in series with components to reduce the amount of current flowing through a circuit, often to protect components rated for lower current amounts. Pull-up and pull-down resistors are used to bias an input on the Arduino to be either HIGH or LOW respectively. This needs to be done as the resting level of the input isn’t necessarily 0. This is especially useful when working with sensors that have an analog output.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resistor 1.png|left|thumb|(Source: https://www.autodesk.com/products/fusion-360/blog/how-to-choose-the-right-resistor/)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bands.png|none|thumb|453x453px|How to read a resistor. (Source: https://www.arrow.com/en/research-and-events/articles/resistor-color-code)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Sensors|Introduction to Sensors]]==&lt;br /&gt;
Sensors enable the microcontroller to sense the surrounding environment. Many sensors exist on the market, including but not limited to buttons, temperature sensors, pressure sensors, photoresistors, humidity and moisture, and many more. The output of the sensor (a voltage) changes based on the measured environment properties, and sends that signal over to the Arduino board.                         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different sensors will use different voltage levels and different methods of communication with microcontrollers. It is always important to read their datasheet and make sure they are compatible with your system before continuing or design your system around the sensor specifications.                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sensors1.png|center|frame|(Source: https://www.electronicshub.org/different-types-sensors/)]]            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Online Simulators|Online Simulators]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
Tinkercad is an online platform that enables users to virtually model 3D designs and circuits. Its user friendly interface and functionality encourages students and hobbyists to investigate the functionality of the Arduino boards virtually, as well as start building their designs. To sign up, create an account on: https://www.tinkercad.com, or alternatively, login with google, facebook etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your account is created, the user can navigate to the “circuits” tab in the left-hand menu, and click on “ Create new circuit”. This opens a new tab, where the available circuit components can be viewed in the right-hand menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start putting a circuit together, the user can drag the components from the library and place it in the “building zone”, noted above. In addition, note the “Code” button in the top bar; this button enables the users to program the Arduino to perform specific functions. To start the simulation, the “start simulation” is available in the top tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information refer to the following resources:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.tinkercad.com/learn/circuits &#039;&#039;&#039;Tinkercad: Circuits&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.tinkercad.com/learn/codeblocks &#039;&#039;&#039;Tinkercad: Programming&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner&amp;diff=1724</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner&amp;diff=1724"/>
		<updated>2023-05-04T00:48:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Breadboard */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Understanding Arduino Boards|Understanding Arduino Boards]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is a Micro-controller?===&lt;br /&gt;
A micro-controller is a compact integrated circuit that receives input from the environment, processes the input and can produce an output. It receives input from its I/O pins and processes the signals received using the CPU onboard the chip. Micro-controllers are usually embedded in larger systems and are utilized in many areas of life including vehicles, medical devices, home appliances, and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arduino is an open source electronics platform that provides an easy and accessible way to make robotics projects. The boards are able to receive input signals from sensors and can produce outputs through I/O pins. Arduino boards are used by a diverse set of people, including students, hobbyists, engineers, researchers due to the simple layout and programmability of the Arduino boards. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Arduino or microcontroller can be implemented in many ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/shubhamsuresh/how-to-make-a-bluetooth-controlled-rc-car-at-home-521212 A remote control car]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.instructables.com/Arduino-Night-Light/ A night light]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.instructables.com/Arduino-Kitchen-Scale/ A kitchen scale]&lt;br /&gt;
===Arduino board sections===&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 important board sections that the user must have a solid understanding of to start utilizing the board&#039;s functions. These sections are outlined below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sections of an Arduino board.svg|alt=Figure 1: Arduino board sections|border|center|Figure 1: Arduino board sections]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 1: Description of the 5 main sections of an arduino board&lt;br /&gt;
!Section&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|USB connector&lt;br /&gt;
|The arduino can be powered through a type A/B USB connector from the user’s laptop/computer to the board. This port is also used to upload programs onto the board.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Power port&lt;br /&gt;
|The arduino board can be powered through an AC-DC adapter or a battery. The power jack of the board can be connected to a 2.1 mm center-positive plug.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Power pins&lt;br /&gt;
|To power external circuitry, 3 standard voltages (0 V or GND, 3.3V, 5V) are provided in the ‘Power Pins’ section of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digital pins&lt;br /&gt;
|Digital pins on the arduino board can be configured as an input or an output. When the pins are configured as an input, the pins will send a binary signal into the board, which enables the board to read the sensed logic voltage levels (ie. either 0/low or 1/high). If the digital pins are configured as an output, then the arduino will send a binary signal to the pin.  There is a built-in LED pre-connected to digital pin 13. When the value of the pin is driven HIGH by the processor, the LED on the board is illuminated, when the pin is LOW, it&#039;s turned off. This can be used as a status indicator when programs are running.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Analog pins&lt;br /&gt;
|The analog pins allow the arduino board to receive or send an analog signal. These signals need to be converted into digital representations which can be used inside the software-executing portion of the Arduino processor (which only uses binary digital signals). Analog signal inputs can be accepted for conversion into digital via the Analog Pins header. The Analog to Digital (A/D or “A to D”) conversion is done inside the processor with specialized circuitry.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analog VS Digital signals===&lt;br /&gt;
A signal is an electromagnetic or electric current that transfers information from one source to another. There are two main types of signals used in electronics: analog or digital signals. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AvD.jpg|thumb|181x181px|Analog vs. Digital signals [https://www.the-vital-edge.com/words-as-bridge/&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Analog signals====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a time-varying and continuous type of signal that is often used to measure changes in light, sound, position, temperature, or other physical phenomena. When plotted in a voltage-time graph, the result is often a continuous and smooth curve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Digital signals====&lt;br /&gt;
A digital signal is a signal that represents information as a series of discrete binary values. Digital signals are used in all modern electronic applications, including communication and network devices. When plotted in a voltage-time graph, the signal is discrete, and ranges from 0 V to VCC (usually 1.8V, 3.3 V, or 5V).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting to an Arduino]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;There are a few ways that you can ruin or burn your Arduino, refer to&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Five Easy ways to Kill an Arduino|this guide]] &#039;&#039;&#039;before starting for more information.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;If you are using a lab computer in the Faculty of Engineering refer to&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Digital technologies/Arduino/How to connect to lab computers|this guide]] &#039;&#039;&#039;for additional steps to connect the Arduino.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Download the Arduino IDE from https://www.arduino.cc/en/software. Make sure to choose the version that is appropriate for your operating system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: Connect the Arduino to your computer via an A/B type USB cable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Once the Arduino is connected, your computer will recognize the Arduino board as a generic COM port. The power LEDs onboard the Arduino should light up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: Time to find out what port number is assigned so that the Arduino and computer can properly communicate with one another. in the IDE select Tools &amp;gt; Ports &amp;gt; Select a port. If even after selecting the port the Arduino doesn&#039;t connect, try a different port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5: Open the Arduino IDE. Under Tools&amp;gt;Board, ensure that the correct type of Arduino board  is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6: Under Tools&amp;gt; COM, ensure that the “port” is the one shown in the step above. Check that the programmer is set as “AVRISP AKII”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Possible bugs: ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re having trouble with your Arduino, refer to this guide: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino troubleshooting|Arduino troubleshooting]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;64oEr1zTlOg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino IDE and Tools|Arduino IDE and Tools]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arduino IDE:===&lt;br /&gt;
The process of programming includes designing and executing code in an integrated development environment, otherwise known as an IDE. Many different IDEs exist and are adopted for different usages, and allow programs to edit, debug, and execute (or compile) their code. In order to program an Arduino (regardless of what kind of microcontroller is used), one must have the Arduino IDE downloaded (Refer to &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting an Arduino]]&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When beginning your journey in learning how to code, its important to get to know the integrated development environment, or IDE that the coder will use to edit and compile the written programs. The following figure guides the users on the basic options available on the IDE:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arduino IDE2.jpg|930x930px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Libraries ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What is a library? ====&lt;br /&gt;
A library is a file that contains pre-written code that can be referred to in order to use certain sensors and functions. Often, in order to complete a task like connecting to a server to spinning a motor many lines of code must be written and executed. Libraries are bits of code that users can refer to in order to complete those tasks without having to type out each line of code, it simplifies the programming process and allows us to perform relatively complex tasks with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In beginner topics we won’t be using complex or external libraries! But keep this in mind for the following ones as this will be necessary later on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Built-in Libraries ====&lt;br /&gt;
Built-in libraries are ones that come preinstalled into the Arduino IDE, you don’t need to import the library into the IDE. An example of this type of library is the math.h library, which is used for most basic math operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Where to find them?&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few ways to look at what built-in libraries are available, you can do a quick search in different online Arduino forums, or the easiest way is to look at the library manager in the Arduino IDE. This window displays libraries that are already installed and you also have the ability to install new libraries that would would like.&lt;br /&gt;
As seen below, in the menu bar at the top of the window click on &#039;&#039;Tools &amp;gt; Manage Libraries...&#039;&#039; [[File:Library Dropdown.jpg|none|thumb|627x627px]]Inside the manager as seen below you are able to select the type of library you are looking for, for example, installed, etc.[[File:Manage libraries.png|thumb|alt=|none|783x783px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to use a library, one must declare it at the top of their code so that their IDE knows that that file is being referred to, the syntax is:&lt;br /&gt;
 #include&amp;lt;math.h&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Serial Monitors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The serial monitor is a function in the Arduino IDE that allows you to interact with your Arduino. Through it you are able to send information and also receive feedback or the system output, this aids in debugging and interacting with the program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The serial monitor can be accessed in two locations: the icon in the bar at the top of the IDE, as seen in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Serial MOnitor 2.png|center|thumb|667x667px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in the following drop down menu as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SML2.png|center|thumb|536x536px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few features to note is the baud rate and auto scroll functionality. The baud rate must match the one dictated in the program, this value dictates that rate that the Arduino and IDE communicate with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tempsnip.png|center|thumb|808x808px]]When using the serial monitor it must be initialized in the code for a specific baud rate as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
 Void Setup {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.begin(9600);  //this initializes the monitor at a baud rate of 9600 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few different ways to output values on to the serial monitor for example when wanting to output the value held by a variable the following syntax can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.print(variable_name):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.println(variable_name); //for outputting each value on a new line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, when wanting to output a string or phrase the following syntax can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.print(&amp;quot;INSERT PHRASE&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.println(&amp;quot;INSERT PHRASE&amp;quot;); //for outputting each value on a new line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;f1z-1Db2IAI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Programming Syntax and Conceptualization|Introduction to Programming Syntax and Conceptualization]]==&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned previously, and IDE is used to compile and execute the code utilized in a microcontroller. There are many different IDEs that can be used for various types of microcontroller and for each purpose there are more suitable boards that can be used. In order to program an Arduino, one must have the Arduino IDE downloaded (Refer to &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting an Arduino]]&#039;&#039;&#039;). The Arduino IDE provides users with a programming editor as well as a way to easily upload and compile programs onto the Arduino board. Programs in the Arduino IDE are called sketches, and are normally saved with the .ino extension. The language used to program the Arduino board is based on the C++ language, which is a general use Object Oriented language. Like any common language, in order to start coding, one must be aware of the grammar rules and vocabulary that is used. An important word that will be often encountered is a “function”, which is a block of code that takes in an input, processes the input, then returns an output. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Blink program: An Example ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Arduino IDE provides creators with a plethora of written programs that are fully ready to run on an Arduino board. They are located in the Files&amp;gt;Examples folder. Among the most basic is the &amp;quot;Blink&amp;quot; program, which can be used to not only get to know the basic features in the software and the hardware, but are also a great way to test the connectivity between the Arduino board and the user&#039;s computer. This program is located in Files&amp;gt;Examples&amp;gt;01.Basics&amp;gt;Blink.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following provides an overview of the different functions used in this program:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Blink program overview.jpg|center|frameless|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 2: Overview of functions used in the Blink program&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Setup()&lt;br /&gt;
|Performs any actions that are initially required to run the rest of the program, such as initializing any peripheral components and setting the communication frequency between the Arduino and the PC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Loop()&lt;br /&gt;
|The loop function acts as the program&#039;s driver, it runs on a continuous loop and specifies the order of operation the microcontroller will perform. Execution starts at the top, goes through the contents of the loop and then starts executing from the top again. This procedure is repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|pinMode (pin number, INPUT or Output)&lt;br /&gt;
|Configures the pin to behave as either an INPUT or an OUTPUT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|digitalWrite (pin number, HIGH or LOW)&lt;br /&gt;
|Writes a HIGH or LOW value to a digital pin. If the pin has been configured as an OUTPUT, then the signal sent over (ie the voltage) will be set as 5 V (HIGH), or 0 V (LOW). For 3.3 V output boards, the high value will be set to 3.3 V, whereas the low is the same as the 5V board, which is 0V.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Delay (time in milliseconds)&lt;br /&gt;
|Pauses the program for the amount of time specified in the parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initializing a Pin as an Input or Output ===&lt;br /&gt;
When using components you will often have to initialize the pin they are connected to as either an input or output! The syntax for this will vary depending on the component and what pin type it is connected to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analog Input/output ====&lt;br /&gt;
When trying to manipulate data from an analog pin, the following lines of code are used to read data from it:&lt;br /&gt;
 int &#039;&#039;variable&#039;&#039; = analogRead(&#039;&#039;insert pin number&#039;&#039;); //here a variable is being defined to hold the value read from the pin&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to write data to the pin the following syntax is used:&lt;br /&gt;
 int &#039;&#039;variable&#039;&#039; = analogWrite(&#039;&#039;insert pin number&#039;&#039;); //here a variable is being defined to hold the value read from the pin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital Input/output ====&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to use a digital pin you will need to declare as either an input or output in the Void Setup () as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
 pinMode(LED1, OUTPUT); //For example if you had a pin called LED1&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to write a value to LED1 then you would use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
 digitalWrite(LED1, HIGH); //Here HIGH or LOW would indicate if you would like the led to turn on - for turning it on you set HIGH, and LOW otherwise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Some other basic considerations: ======&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 3: Overview of some basic elements of programming&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|{....}&lt;br /&gt;
|Starts and ends a function or is used to group different statements together&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comment bars&lt;br /&gt;
|/* ….*/ or //&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows coders to add comments to their code to make it more readable to other humans. Important to note that all comments do not get executed by the program and therefore do not alter the program!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Semicolon&lt;br /&gt;
|...;&lt;br /&gt;
|This character ends a program statement and lets the compiler know ‘the end of the current line/statement’&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
It is also important to be aware that the Arduino editor is case sensitive, meaning that the words “DOOR” and “Door” are not understood to be the same word by the compiler. Furthermore, to make writing and editing code more friendly, the Arduino IDE will colour code important functions, comments, etc. This will be seen later in this section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen below, certain preexisting functions in the Arduino IDE will often times be a certain colour. This is a good indicator of if whether or not you have written the function correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IDEAFS.png|center|thumb|587x587px|Cited from: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Arduino_IDE_-_Blink.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pseudocode and Flowcharts ===&lt;br /&gt;
As the complexity of your projects progress keeping track of all the different functions will likely become increasingly more difficult. Some tools that are often used to help create a layout of what the purpose of the programs is include pseudocode and flowchart. They both aid in visualizing and outlining the logic behind your code, the difference between the two is that flowcharts are more visually based and in contrast pseudocode is a typed-up outline of the code [refer to examples below].&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PseudoCode Example.png|none|frame|Example Pseudocode. (Source: https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Simple-inheritance-mechanism-pseudocode_fig3_7305018)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flowchart Example.png|none|frame|Flowchart Example (Source: https://m.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG6ePePp5vvYVEjRanyndt7ZSqTzillom)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows the designer (you) to be able to work through the logic behind the code before creating it, allowing for a far smoother design process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;rSz7549WSjY&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Variables and Conditional Statements|Introduction to Variables and Conditional Statements]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Variables===&lt;br /&gt;
Variables allow  information in programmers to be stored or changed within the code. In order to create a variable within your program, it must be declared. To declare a variable, the coder has to write the type of variable to be declared first. Different types exist, most commonly used are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 4: Summary of commonly used variable types&lt;br /&gt;
!Type&lt;br /&gt;
!Syntax&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Integers&lt;br /&gt;
|int&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|non-integers (rational and non-rational)&lt;br /&gt;
|double or float&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|characters&lt;br /&gt;
|char&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
After declaring the variable type, the coder must then name the variable. The variable name should clearly reflect the purpose of the value, so that the coder and the reader can easily identify which value is associated with what variable. Additionally, variables cannot have spaces embedded within the name. For example, &amp;quot;My deposit&amp;quot; is not a valid variable name, but &amp;quot;MyDeposit&amp;quot; is. Note that capitalization can be useful for readability. Furthermore, variables should not start with digits, or with an underscore &amp;quot;_&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After naming the variable, the coder can choose to initialize the variable, which is choosing an initial value to be associated with the variable (which can change throughout the program). Be careful to stay consistent with the type of the variable. For example, you cannot initialize the variable int Age with a value of &amp;quot;k&amp;quot;, as &amp;quot;k&amp;quot; is not an integer. The code segments below illustrate the process of initialization:&lt;br /&gt;
 int a;// not initialized, which is ok!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 double b=1.23;/* Note that the 1.23 value matches with the “double” type which is a rational number*/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 char MyVariable = “h”; //note the semicolons!&lt;br /&gt;
The following will produce an error, which will disable the compiler from compiling your code:&lt;br /&gt;
 char YourVariable= 1.23; // 1.23 is not a character!&lt;br /&gt;
Variables can be classified into either global or local variables. The main difference is the scope at which they can be accessed. A global variable can be accessed by all functions that exist within a program, whereas a local variable can be accessed through only the function where it is declared. The example below illustrates this well [https://www.arduino.cc/reference/en/language/variables/variable-scope-qualifiers/scope/&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;]:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 /* There are two functions in this program: setup() and loop(), and three variables: &amp;quot;k&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;i&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;f&amp;quot;.*/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 int k;  // any function will see this variable, thus called a global variable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 void setup() {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   // ... }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 void loop() {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   int i;    // &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; is only &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; inside of &amp;quot;loop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   float f; }  // &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; is only &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; inside of &amp;quot;loop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .....// some lines of code}&lt;br /&gt;
===Conditionals===&lt;br /&gt;
Conditional statements are programming operations that tells the computer to perform an action for a certain set of conditions. An &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; statement is the most common, and tells the computer to perform a set of actions only if the condition is fulfilled. The syntax is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition) {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /// a set of instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
Common alteration of the if statements are the &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;if... else if&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; conditionals first checks the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; conditional, in the case that its true, the compiler will ignore the &amp;quot;else&amp;quot; set of instructions. In the case that the condition(s) declared in the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; statement are not fulfilled, the &amp;quot;else&amp;quot; instructions will automatically run. The syntax for an &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; statement is:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition){&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 else {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions that will ONLY run in the case the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; conditions are not fulfilled }&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of the &amp;quot;if...else if&amp;quot; set of instructions, the program will only run if the conditions specified in the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;else if&amp;quot; are true. The syntax is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition){&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 else if (condition) {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;YktSocf2vSc&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Electronics and Circuitry|Introduction to Electronics and Circuitry]]==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction to Circuits===&lt;br /&gt;
A circuit is a pathway where electricity can flow through a closed path from the negative (cathode) to the positive (anode) end of a power source. Elements in a circuit can either supply or expend energy. Energy is measured in Joules (J). Suppliers of energy are called sources; they provide a voltage, or charge electrons with energy. The number of electrons flowing in a circuit is called a current, measured in Amperes (A). A common voltage source is a chemical battery, which is an example of a direct-current power source (DC). It provides electrons with a fixed amount of energy (i.e. a fixed voltage) through a chemical reaction within a battery. Resistance is a value that describes how easy for electrons to move in a material when voltage is applied. Resistors are devices that can be added to the circuit to impede current flow.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ohm&#039;s Law ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few ways to calculate the required values for each component, however one of the basic ways of calculating them is &#039;&#039;&#039;Ohm&#039;s law&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship that represents the relationship between voltage, current, and resistance is ohm’s law, represented by: &#039;&#039;&#039;V=IR&#039;&#039;&#039;. The power source in a circuit determines the voltage supplied and the current available. The connected components will draw current from the power source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three arrangements of circuits, series, parallel, and combination. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ohms law diagram.png|thumb|248x248px|Ohm&#039;s Law (Source: https://learn.digilentinc.com/Documents/331)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Series Circuits ====&lt;br /&gt;
In a series circuit, the amount of current flowing is the same at all points in the circuit, whereas the voltage supplied by the battery is equal to the voltage drop across each component. A series circuit has only one path for electricity to flow, so if any component fails in the circuit, all other components will also stop operating, as the circuit is now open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Parallel Circuits ====&lt;br /&gt;
In a parallel circuit, the voltage is the same in all branches, whereas the current is different in each branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Series vs parallel resistance.png|center|thumb|786x786px|(Source: https://makeabilitylab.github.io/physcomp/electronics/series-parallel.html)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;F_vLWkkOETI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to Electronic Components ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Breadboard ====&lt;br /&gt;
A breadboard is used to prototype a temporary circuit. The user can build, test and analyze a circuit without any permanent connections. It is made up of terminal strips and power rails. The terminal strips are used to hold any number of components in place and make electrical connections in a horizontal row. The power rails are the long vertical strips and are used to facilitate power (+) and ground (-) connections by placing them all in one column.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BB-2.png|center|thumb|682x682px|Connections inside a breadboard (Source: https://dreyfuzz.github.io/hackinghardware/)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== LED ====&lt;br /&gt;
A Light Emitting Diode, or LED, is a semiconductor device that lights up when an electric current passes through it. They come in many different colours and shapes, and are very versatile. LEDs are diodes, which means that current flows through the element in only one way, from the positive to the negative end. On an LED, the cathode end can be identified by either a flat edge on the body, or as the shorter leg. As such, the anode is the other end (the longer leg on the LED).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LED - 1.png|center|thumb|198x198px|(Source: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/rowan07/make-a-simple-led-circuit-ce8308)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pushbutton====&lt;br /&gt;
A pushbutton is an electronic switch component that completes the circuit only when pressed. In an electric circuit, electricity needs to flow continuously through the circuit in order for all parts to function. The pushbutton interrupts this circuit and forms a gap, so that electricity doesn&#039;t flow to the other side of the pushbutton. When the pushbutton is pressed. a small spring is activated that is made of conducting material so that electricity flows through the spring to the other side of the pushbutton.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pushb.png|center|thumb|(Source: https://www.sparkfun.com/products/9190)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Resistor====&lt;br /&gt;
A resistor is an electrical component which creates electrical impedance, or resistance to current flow. The amount of resistance a resistor provides can be read from the bands of colour on the resistor, which are read left to right. For four bands resistors, the first and second bands represent digits, while the third band represents a multiplier to multiply the digits of the first and second band by. The fourth band is the tolerance, it represents how much the resistor may deviate from the value indicated by the bands. The value of the resistor can also be determined using the ohmic function of a multimeter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resistors are often used in series with components to reduce the amount of current flowing through a circuit, often to protect components rated for lower current amounts. Pull-up and pull-down resistors are used to bias an input on the Arduino to be either HIGH or LOW respectively. This needs to be done as the resting level of the input isn’t necessarily 0. This is especially useful when working with sensors that have an analog output.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resistor 1.png|left|thumb|(Source: https://www.autodesk.com/products/fusion-360/blog/how-to-choose-the-right-resistor/)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bands.png|none|thumb|453x453px|How to read a resistor. (Source: https://www.arrow.com/en/research-and-events/articles/resistor-color-code)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Sensors|Introduction to Sensors]]==&lt;br /&gt;
Sensors enable the microcontroller to sense the surrounding environment. Many sensors exist on the market, including but not limited to buttons, temperature sensors, pressure sensors, photoresistors, humidity and moisture, and many more. The output of the sensor (a voltage) changes based on the measured environment properties, and sends that signal over to the Arduino board.                         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different sensors will use different voltage levels and different methods of communication with microcontrollers. It is always important to read their datasheet and make sure they are compatible with your system before continuing or design your system around the sensor specifications.                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sensors1.png|center|frame|(Source: https://www.electronicshub.org/different-types-sensors/)]]            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Online Simulators|Online Simulators]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
Tinkercad is an online platform that enables users to virtually model 3D designs and circuits. Its user friendly interface and functionality encourages students and hobbyists to investigate the functionality of the Arduino boards virtually, as well as start building their designs. To sign up, create an account on: https://www.tinkercad.com, or alternatively, login with google, facebook etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your account is created, the user can navigate to the “circuits” tab in the left-hand menu, and click on “ Create new circuit”. This opens a new tab, where the available circuit components can be viewed in the right-hand menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start putting a circuit together, the user can drag the components from the library and place it in the “building zone”, noted above. In addition, note the “Code” button in the top bar; this button enables the users to program the Arduino to perform specific functions. To start the simulation, the “start simulation” is available in the top tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information refer to the following resources:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.tinkercad.com/learn/circuits &#039;&#039;&#039;Tinkercad: Circuits&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.tinkercad.com/learn/codeblocks &#039;&#039;&#039;Tinkercad: Programming&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Laser_cutting/Laser_cutting-_Intermediate&amp;diff=1719</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Laser cutting/Laser cutting- Intermediate</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Laser_cutting/Laser_cutting-_Intermediate&amp;diff=1719"/>
		<updated>2022-09-22T14:26:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Preview cutting by opening the lid ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customize material settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Centre engraving ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raster with paint ==&lt;br /&gt;
As I’m sure you have seen, the makerspace has a variety of laser cut signs that have incorporated colour to draw your attention. Theses signs were created using the same laser cutters as the ones you use in the space for other operations. All you will need is some paint, a paint brush, material board, and of course the laser cutter. In this process you will have to run a raster job multiple times to remove a negative version of the desired file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Making the file ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Running the job ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the pdf document you wish to use onto the laser computer and open the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure all printing properties match the material properties for rastering.&lt;br /&gt;
## Recommended settings for MDF: &lt;br /&gt;
## If there is any vectoring to do it is recommended to do at the end after the rastering is done.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Print to upload it to the printer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the uploaded job (wait till the job is done).&lt;br /&gt;
# Now fill in the lighter shapes with your desired colour (don’t worry about getting paint on the already rastered sections, it will burn off in the next job, however, large amounts of paint will soak into different materials depending on what materials you use).&lt;br /&gt;
## It is important that you do not remove the material from the laser so that the home position does not change between the raster passes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Now repeat step 5 until satisfaction (especially with MDF, you probably don&#039;t want to run it too many times so that it doesn&#039;t burn the material and become too dark).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Raster with paint.png|center|thumb|793x793px|Raster with paint process ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Boxes/3D assembly of laser cut parts ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Raster_with_paint.png&amp;diff=1718</id>
		<title>File:Raster with paint.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Raster_with_paint.png&amp;diff=1718"/>
		<updated>2022-09-22T14:25:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Raster with paint&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies&amp;diff=1709</id>
		<title>Digital technologies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies&amp;diff=1709"/>
		<updated>2022-08-31T19:05:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Laser cutting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Below you can find sections of different digital technologies, based on their level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/3D printing|3D printing resources]]==&lt;br /&gt;
Modern printing technology has enabled the accurate printing of nearly any shape in a wide variety of materials, with many different printing methods to choose from. Selecting a print method will depend on the application, material, and budget used. Materials vary from almost any metal alloy, thermoplastics, ceramics, paper, edibles, rubbers, and clay. Printing methods include extrusion (heating material and forcing through a nozzle), powder bed (placing powdered material and using adhesive or melting to attach), and light polymerized (using UV light to polymerize material on a build plate). 3D Printers utilize an onboard controller to control the printer head and build plate in order to print each 2D layer in the right order and position. In addition, most 3D printers have downloadable software (slicers) that allows a user to position a 3D model on a virtual build platform, as well as adjust the printer’s settings for the build before sending the data to the printer. These 3D models used by the software can be generated using [[Digital technologies/3D printing/3D modeling- Beginner|CAD (computer-aided design)]] methods, laser scanning, or photogrammetry, although CAD is typically used in conjunction with the latter two to refine the output from these methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3D printing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/3D printing/3D printing- Beginner|3D Printing- Beginner]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic understanding of 3D printing and 3D printers&lt;br /&gt;
**Ability to slice and start a print on an Ultimaker 2+ printer&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic ability to troubleshoot a print&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/3D printing/3D printing- Intermediate|3D Printing- Intermediate]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic understanding of custom slicer settings and print orientation&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic understanding of print post processing&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic understanding of dual extrusion prints&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic understanding of different slicer software&lt;br /&gt;
**Intermediate understanding of printer functions&lt;br /&gt;
**Intermediate troubleshooting abilities&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/3D printing/3D printing- Advanced|3D Printing- Advanced]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Ability to use all materials available at the Makerspace&lt;br /&gt;
**Ability to use all Makerspace printers&lt;br /&gt;
**Ability to print large components (print optimizations)&lt;br /&gt;
**Advanced understanding of 3D printing extrusion&lt;br /&gt;
**Proficient with UM2+ settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3D modeling (for 3D printing)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/3D printing/3D modeling- Beginner|3D modeling- Beginner]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic knowledge of 3D modelling in TinkerCAD&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic knowledge of model modifications in TinkerCAD&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/3D printing/3D modeling- Intermediate|3D modeling- Intermediate]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Proficient 3D modelling skills in TinkerCAD&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic ability in parametric CAD modelling softwares&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/3D printing/3D modeling- Advanced|3D modeling- Advanced]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Subdividing large models for 3D printing&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic understanding of one or more modelling softwares&lt;br /&gt;
**Basic understanding of 3D scanning and Scan to CAD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Laser cutting|Laser cutting resources]]==&lt;br /&gt;
Laser cutting uses a high-powered beam to cut material based on computer-controlled parameters. As the laser guides its beam along the material, everything in its direct path is vaporized, burned or melted. One of the benefits of laser cutting technology is the cut product rarely needs any finishing work as this process ensures a high-quality surface finish. A graphics software is used to import or create designs that are meant to be cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Laser cutting===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/Laser cutting/Laser cutting- Beginner|Laser Cutting- Beginner]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/Laser cutting/Laser cutting- Intermediate|Laser Cutting- Intermidiate]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vector graphics editor===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/Laser cutting/Vector graphics- Beginner|Vector Graphics- Beginner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino|Arduino resources]]==&lt;br /&gt;
Arduino is an open-source electronics platform that provides an easy and accessible way to make robotics projects. The boards can receive input signals from sensors and produce outputs through its I/O pins. Arduino boards are used by a diverse set of people, including students, hobbyists, engineers, researchers due to the simple layout and programmability of the Arduino boards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner|Arduino- Beginner]]&lt;br /&gt;
** Basic understanding of programming&lt;br /&gt;
** Ability to control few components such as LEDs&lt;br /&gt;
** Basic understanding of how sensors work&lt;br /&gt;
** Basic understanding of the Arduino board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Soldering|Soldering resources]]==&lt;br /&gt;
Soldering allows you to create permanent/semi-permanent connection in any electrical circuit, this makes it ideal for later iterations of a project!&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/Soldering/Soldering- Beginner|Soldering- Beginner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Virtual reality|Virtual reality resources]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/Virtual reality/Virtual reality- Beginner|Virtual Reality- Beginner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Textiles|Textile resources]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner|Embroidery- Beginner]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Raspberry Pi]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Laser_cutting/Laser_cutting-_Intermediate&amp;diff=1708</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Laser cutting/Laser cutting- Intermediate</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Laser_cutting/Laser_cutting-_Intermediate&amp;diff=1708"/>
		<updated>2022-08-31T18:52:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: Created page with &amp;quot;== Preview cutting by opening the lid ==  == customize material settings ==  == Center engraving ==   == Raster with Paint == As I’m sure you have seen, the makerspace has a...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Preview cutting by opening the lid ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== customize material settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Center engraving ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Raster with Paint ==&lt;br /&gt;
As I’m sure you have seen, the makerspace has a variety of laser cut signs that have incorporate color to draw your attention. Theses signs were created using the same laser cutters as the ones you use in the space. All you will need is some paint, paint brush, material board, and of course the laser cutter. In this process you will have to print the pdf multiple times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the pdf document you wish to print onto your material board.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure all printing properties match the material properties.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload it to the printer&lt;br /&gt;
# Run the uploaded job (Wait till the job is done)&lt;br /&gt;
# Now fill in the lighter shapes with your desired color (Don’t worry about getting paint on the laser cut lines, they will burn off in the next job, however, large amounts of paint will soak into different materials depending on what materials you use)&lt;br /&gt;
# Now repeat steps 4 to 5 until satisfaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Boxes/3D assembly of laser cut parts ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner&amp;diff=1687</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner&amp;diff=1687"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:26:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Understanding Arduino Boards|Understanding Arduino Boards]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is a Micro-controller?===&lt;br /&gt;
A micro-controller is a compact integrated circuit that receives input from the environment, processes the input and can produce an output. It receives input from its I/O pins and processes the signals received using the CPU onboard the chip. Micro-controllers are usually embedded in larger systems and are utilized in many areas of life including vehicles, medical devices, home appliances, and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arduino is an open source electronics platform that provides an easy and accessible way to make robotics projects. The boards are able to receive input signals from sensors and can produce outputs through I/O pins. Arduino boards are used by a diverse set of people, including students, hobbyists, engineers, researchers due to the simple layout and programmability of the Arduino boards. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Arduino or microcontroller can be implemented in many ways: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/shubhamsuresh/how-to-make-a-bluetooth-controlled-rc-car-at-home-521212 A remote control car]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.instructables.com/Arduino-Night-Light/ A night light]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.instructables.com/Arduino-Kitchen-Scale/ A kitchen scale]&lt;br /&gt;
===Arduino board sections===&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 important board sections that the user must have a solid understanding of to start utilizing the board&#039;s functions. These sections are outlined below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sections of an Arduino board.svg|alt=Figure 1: Arduino board sections|border|center|Figure 1: Arduino board sections]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 1: Description of the 5 main sections of an arduino board&lt;br /&gt;
!Section&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|USB connector&lt;br /&gt;
|The arduino can be powered through a type A/B USB connector from the user’s laptop/computer to the board. This port is also used to upload programs onto the board.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Power port&lt;br /&gt;
|The arduino board can be powered through an AC-DC adapter or a battery. The power jack of the board can be connected to a 2.1 mm center-positive plug.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Power pins&lt;br /&gt;
|To power external circuitry, 3 standard voltages (0 V or GND, 3.3V, 5V) are provided in the ‘Power Pins’ section of the board.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digital pins&lt;br /&gt;
|Digital pins on the arduino board can be configured as an input or an output. When the pins are configured as an input, the pins will send a binary signal into the board, which enables the board to read the sensed logic voltage levels (ie. either 0/low or 1/high). If the digital pins are configured as an output, then the arduino will send a binary signal to the pin.  There is a built-in LED pre-connected to digital pin 13. When the value of the pin is driven HIGH by the processor, the LED on the board is illuminated, when the pin is LOW, it&#039;s turned off. This can be used as a status indicator when programs are running.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Analog pins&lt;br /&gt;
|The analog pins allow the arduino board to receive or send an analog signal. These signals need to be converted into digital representations which can be used inside the software-executing portion of the Arduino processor (which only uses binary digital signals). Analog signal inputs can be accepted for conversion into digital via the Analog Pins header. The Analog to Digital (A/D or “A to D”) conversion is done inside the processor with specialized circuitry.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analog VS Digital signals===&lt;br /&gt;
A signal is an electromagnetic or electric current that transfers information from one source to another. There are two main types of signals used in electronics: analog or digital signals. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AvD.jpg|thumb|181x181px|Analog vs. Digital signals [https://www.the-vital-edge.com/words-as-bridge/&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Analog signals====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a time-varying and continuous type of signal that is often used to measure changes in light, sound, position, temperature, or other physical phenomena. When plotted in a voltage-time graph, the result is often a continuous and smooth curve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Digital signals====&lt;br /&gt;
A digital signal is a signal that represents information as a series of discrete binary values. Digital signals are used in all modern electronic applications, including communication and network devices. When plotted in a voltage-time graph, the signal is discrete, and ranges from 0 V to VCC (usually 1.8V, 3.3 V, or 5V).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting to an Arduino]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;There are a few ways that you can ruin or burn your Arduino, refer to&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Five Easy ways to Kill an Arduino|this guide]] &#039;&#039;&#039;before starting for more information.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;If you are using a lab computer in the Faculty of Engineering refer to&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Digital technologies/Arduino/How to connect to lab computers|this guide]] &#039;&#039;&#039;for additional steps to connect the Arduino.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: Download the Arduino IDE from https://www.arduino.cc/en/software. Make sure to choose the version that is appropriate for your operating system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: Connect the Arduino to your computer via an A/B type USB cable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Once the Arduino is connected, your computer will recognize the Arduino board as a generic COM port. The power LEDs onboard the Arduino should light up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4: Time to find out what port number is assigned so that the Arduino and computer can properly communicate with one another. in the IDE select Tools &amp;gt; Ports &amp;gt; Select a port. If even after selecting the port the Arduino doesn&#039;t connect, try a different port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5: Open the Arduino IDE. Under Tools&amp;gt;Board, ensure that the correct type of Arduino board  is selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6: Under Tools&amp;gt; COM, ensure that the “port” is the one shown in the step above. Check that the programmer is set as “AVRISP AKII”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Possible bugs: ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re having trouble with your Arduino, refer to this guide: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino troubleshooting|Arduino troubleshooting]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;64oEr1zTlOg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino IDE and Tools|Arduino IDE and Tools]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arduino IDE:===&lt;br /&gt;
The process of programming includes designing and executing code in an integrated development environment, otherwise known as an IDE. Many different IDEs exist and are adopted for different usages, and allow programs to edit, debug, and execute (or compile) their code. In order to program an Arduino (regardless of what kind of microcontroller is used), one must have the Arduino IDE downloaded (Refer to &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting an Arduino]]&#039;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When beginning your journey in learning how to code, its important to get to know the integrated development environment, or IDE that the coder will use to edit and compile the written programs. The following figure guides the users on the basic options available on the IDE:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arduino IDE2.jpg|930x930px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internal Libraries ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What is a library? ====&lt;br /&gt;
A library is a file that contains pre-written code that can be referred to in order to use certain sensors and functions. Often, in order to complete a task like connecting to a server to spinning a motor many lines of code must be written and executed. Libraries are bits of code that users can refer to in order to complete those tasks without having to type out each line of code, it simplifies the programming process and allows us to perform relatively complex tasks with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In beginner topics we won’t be using complex or external libraries! But keep this in mind for the following ones as this will be necessary later on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Built-in Libraries ====&lt;br /&gt;
Built-in libraries are ones that come preinstalled into the Arduino IDE, you don’t need to import the library into the IDE. An example of this type of library is the math.h library, which is used for most basic math operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Where to find them?&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few ways to look at what built-in libraries are available, you can do a quick search in different online Arduino forums, or the easiest way is to look at the library manager in the Arduino IDE. This window displays libraries that are already installed and you also have the ability to install new libraries that would would like.&lt;br /&gt;
As seen below, in the menu bar at the top of the window click on &#039;&#039;Tools &amp;gt; Manage Libraries...&#039;&#039; [[File:Library Dropdown.jpg|none|thumb|627x627px]]Inside the manager as seen below you are able to select the type of library you are looking for, for example, installed, etc.[[File:Manage libraries.png|thumb|alt=|none|783x783px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to use a library, one must declare it at the top of their code so that their IDE knows that that file is being referred to, the syntax is:&lt;br /&gt;
 #include&amp;lt;math.h&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Serial Monitors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The serial monitor is a function in the Arduino IDE that allows you to interact with your Arduino. Through it you are able to send information and also receive feedback or the system output, this aids in debugging and interacting with the program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The serial monitor can be accessed in two locations: the icon in the bar at the top of the IDE, as seen in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Serial MOnitor 2.png|center|thumb|667x667px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in the following drop down menu as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SML2.png|center|thumb|536x536px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few features to note is the baud rate and auto scroll functionality. The baud rate must match the one dictated in the program, this value dictates that rate that the Arduino and IDE communicate with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tempsnip.png|center|thumb|808x808px]]When using the serial monitor it must be initialized in the code for a specific baud rate as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
 Void Setup {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.begin(9600);  //this initializes the monitor at a baud rate of 9600 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few different ways to output values on to the serial monitor for example when wanting to output the value held by a variable the following syntax can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.print(variable_name):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.println(variable_name); //for outputting each value on a new line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, when wanting to output a string or phrase the following syntax can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.print(&amp;quot;INSERT PHRASE&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Serial.println(&amp;quot;INSERT PHRASE&amp;quot;); //for outputting each value on a new line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;f1z-1Db2IAI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Programming Syntax and Conceptualization|Introduction to Programming Syntax and Conceptualization]]==&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned previously, and IDE is used to compile and execute the code utilized in a microcontroller. There are many different IDEs that can be used for various types of microcontroller and for each purpose there are more suitable boards that can be used. In order to program an Arduino, one must have the Arduino IDE downloaded (Refer to &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Connecting to an Arduino|Connecting an Arduino]]&#039;&#039;&#039;). The Arduino IDE provides users with a programming editor as well as a way to easily upload and compile programs onto the Arduino board. Programs in the Arduino IDE are called sketches, and are normally saved with the .ino extension. The language used to program the Arduino board is based on the C++ language, which is a general use Object Oriented language. Like any common language, in order to start coding, one must be aware of the grammar rules and vocabulary that is used. An important word that will be often encountered is a “function”, which is a block of code that takes in an input, processes the input, then returns an output. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Blink program: An Example ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Arduino IDE provides creators with a plethora of written programs that are fully ready to run on an Arduino board. They are located in the Files&amp;gt;Examples folder. Among the most basic is the &amp;quot;Blink&amp;quot; program, which can be used to not only get to know the basic features in the software and the hardware, but are also a great way to test the connectivity between the Arduino board and the user&#039;s computer. This program is located in Files&amp;gt;Examples&amp;gt;01.Basics&amp;gt;Blink.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following provides an overview of the different functions used in this program:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Blink program overview.jpg|center|frameless|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 2: Overview of functions used in the Blink program&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Setup()&lt;br /&gt;
|Performs any actions that are initially required to run the rest of the program, such as initializing any peripheral components and setting the communication frequency between the Arduino and the PC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Loop()&lt;br /&gt;
|The loop function acts as the program&#039;s driver, it runs on a continuous loop and specifies the order of operation the microcontroller will perform. Execution starts at the top, goes through the contents of the loop and then starts executing from the top again. This procedure is repeated forever.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|pinMode (pin number, INPUT or Output)&lt;br /&gt;
|Configures the pin to behave as either an INPUT or an OUTPUT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|digitalWrite (pin number, HIGH or LOW)&lt;br /&gt;
|Writes a HIGH or LOW value to a digital pin. If the pin has been configured as an OUTPUT, then the signal sent over (ie the voltage) will be set as 5 V (HIGH), or 0 V (LOW). For 3.3 V output boards, the high value will be set to 3.3 V, whereas the low is the same as the 5V board, which is 0V.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Delay (time in milliseconds)&lt;br /&gt;
|Pauses the program for the amount of time specified in the parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initializing a Pin as an Input or Output ===&lt;br /&gt;
When using components you will often have to initialize the pin they are connected to as either an input or output! The syntax for this will vary depending on the component and what pin type it is connected to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analog Input/output ====&lt;br /&gt;
When trying to manipulate data from an analog pin, the following lines of code are used to read data from it:&lt;br /&gt;
 int &#039;&#039;variable&#039;&#039; = analogRead(&#039;&#039;insert pin number&#039;&#039;); //here a variable is being defined to hold the value read from the pin&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to write data to the pin the following syntax is used:&lt;br /&gt;
 int &#039;&#039;variable&#039;&#039; = analogWrite(&#039;&#039;insert pin number&#039;&#039;); //here a variable is being defined to hold the value read from the pin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital Input/output ====&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to use a digital pin you will need to declare as either an input or output in the Void Setup () as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
 pinMode(LED1, OUTPUT); //For example if you had a pin called LED1&lt;br /&gt;
When wanting to write a value to LED1 then you would use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
 digitalWrite(LED1, HIGH); //Here HIGH or LOW would indicate if you would like the led to turn on - for turning it on you set HIGH, and LOW otherwise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== Some other basic considerations: ======&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 3: Overview of some basic elements of programming&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Brackets&lt;br /&gt;
|{....}&lt;br /&gt;
|Starts and ends a function or is used to group different statements together&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Comment bars&lt;br /&gt;
|/* ….*/ or //&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows coders to add comments to their code to make it more readable to other humans. Important to note that all comments do not get executed by the program and therefore do not alter the program!&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Semicolon&lt;br /&gt;
|...;&lt;br /&gt;
|This character ends a program statement and lets the compiler know ‘the end of the current line/statement’&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
It is also important to be aware that the Arduino editor is case sensitive, meaning that the words “DOOR” and “Door” are not understood to be the same word by the compiler. Furthermore, to make writing and editing code more friendly, the Arduino IDE will colour code important functions, comments, etc. This will be seen later in this section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen below, certain preexisting functions in the Arduino IDE will often times be a certain colour. This is a good indicator of if whether or not you have written the function correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IDEAFS.png|center|thumb|587x587px|Cited from: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Arduino_IDE_-_Blink.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pseudocode and Flowcharts ===&lt;br /&gt;
As the complexity of your projects progress keeping track of all the different functions will likely become increasingly more difficult. Some tools that are often used to help create a layout of what the purpose of the programs is include pseudocode and flowchart. They both aid in visualizing and outlining the logic behind your code, the difference between the two is that flowcharts are more visually based and in contrast pseudocode is a typed-up outline of the code [refer to examples below].&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PseudoCode Example.png|none|frame|Example Pseudocode. (Source: https://www.researchgate.net/figure/Simple-inheritance-mechanism-pseudocode_fig3_7305018)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flowchart Example.png|none|frame|Flowchart Example (Source: https://m.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLG6ePePp5vvYVEjRanyndt7ZSqTzillom)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows the designer (you) to be able to work through the logic behind the code before creating it, allowing for a far smoother design process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;rSz7549WSjY&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Variables and Conditional Statements|Introduction to Variables and Conditional Statements]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Variables===&lt;br /&gt;
Variables allow  information in programmers to be stored or changed within the code. In order to create a variable within your program, it must be declared. To declare a variable, the coder has to write the type of variable to be declared first. Different types exist, most commonly used are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Table 4: Summary of commonly used variable types&lt;br /&gt;
!Type&lt;br /&gt;
!Syntax&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Integers&lt;br /&gt;
|int&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|non-integers (rational and non-rational)&lt;br /&gt;
|double or float&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|characters&lt;br /&gt;
|char&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
After declaring the variable type, the coder must then name the variable. The variable name should clearly reflect the purpose of the value, so that the coder and the reader can easily identify which value is associated with what variable. Additionally, variables cannot have spaces embedded within the name. For example, &amp;quot;My deposit&amp;quot; is not a valid variable name, but &amp;quot;MyDeposit&amp;quot; is. Note that capitalization can be useful for readability. Furthermore, variables should not start with digits, or with an underscore &amp;quot;_&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After naming the variable, the coder can choose to initialize the variable, which is choosing an initial value to be associated with the variable (which can change throughout the program). Be careful to stay consistent with the type of the variable. For example, you cannot initialize the variable int Age with a value of &amp;quot;k&amp;quot;, as &amp;quot;k&amp;quot; is not an integer. The code segments below illustrate the process of initialization:&lt;br /&gt;
 int a;// not initialized, which is ok!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 double b=1.23;/* Note that the 1.23 value matches with the “double” type which is a rational number*/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 char MyVariable = “h”; //note the semicolons!&lt;br /&gt;
The following will produce an error, which will disable the compiler from compiling your code:&lt;br /&gt;
 char YourVariable= 1.23; // 1.23 is not a character!&lt;br /&gt;
Variables can be classified into either global or local variables. The main difference is the scope at which they can be accessed. A global variable can be accessed by all functions that exist within a program, whereas a local variable can be accessed through only the function where it is declared. The example below illustrates this well [https://www.arduino.cc/reference/en/language/variables/variable-scope-qualifiers/scope/&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;]:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 /* There are two functions in this program: setup() and loop(), and three variables: &amp;quot;k&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;i&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;f&amp;quot;.*/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 int k;  // any function will see this variable, thus called a global variable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 void setup() {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   // ... }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 void loop() {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   int i;    // &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; is only &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; inside of &amp;quot;loop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   float f; }  // &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; is only &amp;quot;visible&amp;quot; inside of &amp;quot;loop&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .....// some lines of code}&lt;br /&gt;
===Conditionals===&lt;br /&gt;
Conditional statements are programming operations that tells the computer to perform an action for a certain set of conditions. An &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; statement is the most common, and tells the computer to perform a set of actions only if the condition is fulfilled. The syntax is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition) {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 /// a set of instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
Common alteration of the if statements are the &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;if... else if&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; conditionals first checks the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; conditional, in the case that its true, the compiler will ignore the &amp;quot;else&amp;quot; set of instructions. In the case that the condition(s) declared in the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; statement are not fulfilled, the &amp;quot;else&amp;quot; instructions will automatically run. The syntax for an &amp;quot;if...else&amp;quot; statement is:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition){&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 else {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions that will ONLY run in the case the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; conditions are not fulfilled }&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of the &amp;quot;if...else if&amp;quot; set of instructions, the program will only run if the conditions specified in the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;else if&amp;quot; are true. The syntax is the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 if (condition){&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 else if (condition) {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ///instructions }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;YktSocf2vSc&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Electronics and Circuitry|Introduction to Electronics and Circuitry]]==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction to Circuits===&lt;br /&gt;
A circuit is a pathway where electricity can flow through a closed path from the negative (cathode) to the positive (anode) end of a power source. Elements in a circuit can either supply or expend energy. Energy is measured in Joules (J). Suppliers of energy are called sources; they provide a voltage, or charge electrons with energy. The number of electrons flowing in a circuit is called a current, measured in Amperes (A). A common voltage source is a chemical battery, which is an example of a direct-current power source (DC). It provides electrons with a fixed amount of energy (i.e. a fixed voltage) through a chemical reaction within a battery. Resistance is a value that describes how easy for electrons to move in a material when voltage is applied. Resistors are devices that can be added to the circuit to impede current flow.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ohm&#039;s Law ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few ways to calculate the required values for each component, however one of the basic ways of calculating them is &#039;&#039;&#039;Ohm&#039;s law&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship that represents the relationship between voltage, current, and resistance is ohm’s law, represented by: &#039;&#039;&#039;V=IR&#039;&#039;&#039;. The power source in a circuit determines the voltage supplied and the current available. The connected components will draw current from the power source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three arrangements of circuits, series, parallel, and combination. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ohms law diagram.png|thumb|248x248px|Ohm&#039;s Law (Source: https://learn.digilentinc.com/Documents/331)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Series Circuits ====&lt;br /&gt;
In a series circuit, the amount of current flowing is the same at all points in the circuit, whereas the voltage supplied by the battery is equal to the voltage drop across each component. A series circuit has only one path for electricity to flow, so if any component fails in the circuit, all other components will also stop operating, as the circuit is now open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Parallel Circuits ====&lt;br /&gt;
In a parallel circuit, the voltage is the same in all branches, whereas the current is different in each branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Series vs parallel resistance.png|center|thumb|786x786px|(Source: https://makeabilitylab.github.io/physcomp/electronics/series-parallel.html)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;F_vLWkkOETI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to Electronic Components ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Breadboard ====&lt;br /&gt;
A breadboard is used to prototype a temporary circuit. The user can build, test and analyze a circuit without any permanent connections. It is made up of terminal strips and power rails. The terminal strips are used to hold any number of components in place and make electrical connections in a horizontal row. The power rails are the long vertical strips and are used to facilitate power (+) and ground (-) connections by placing them all in one column.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BB-2.png|center|thumb|682x682px|Connections inside a breadboard (Source: https://dreyfuzz.github.io/hackinghardware/)]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== LED ====&lt;br /&gt;
A Light Emitting Diode, or LED, is a semiconductor device that lights up when an electric current passes through it. They come in many different colours and shapes, and are very versatile. LEDs are diodes, which means that current flows through the element in only one way, from the positive to the negative end. On an LED, the cathode end can be identified by either a flat edge on the body, or as the shorter leg. As such, the anode is the other end (the longer leg on the LED).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LED - 1.png|center|thumb|198x198px|(Source: https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub/rowan07/make-a-simple-led-circuit-ce8308)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pushbutton====&lt;br /&gt;
A pushbutton is an electronic switch component that completes the circuit only when pressed. In an electric circuit, electricity needs to flow continuously through the circuit in order for all parts to function. The pushbutton interrupts this circuit and forms a gap, so that electricity doesn&#039;t flow to the other side of the pushbutton. When the pushbutton is pressed. a small spring is activated that is made of conducting material so that electricity flows through the spring to the other side of the pushbutton.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pushb.png|center|thumb|(Source: https://www.sparkfun.com/products/9190)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Resistor====&lt;br /&gt;
A resistor is an electrical component which creates electrical impedance, or resistance to current flow. The amount of resistance a resistor provides can be read from the bands of colour on the resistor, which are read left to right. For four bands resistors, the first and second bands represent digits, while the third band represents a multiplier to multiply the digits of the first and second band by. The fourth band is the tolerance, it represents how much the resistor may deviate from the value indicated by the bands. The value of the resistor can also be determined using the ohmic function of a multimeter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resistors are often used in series with components to reduce the amount of current flowing through a circuit, often to protect components rated for lower current amounts. Pull-up and pull-down resistors are used to bias an input on the Arduino to be either HIGH or LOW respectively. This needs to be done as the resting level of the input isn’t necessarily 0. This is especially useful when working with sensors that have an analog output.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resistor 1.png|left|thumb|(Source: https://www.autodesk.com/products/fusion-360/blog/how-to-choose-the-right-resistor/)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bands.png|none|thumb|453x453px|How to read a resistor. (Source: https://www.arrow.com/en/research-and-events/articles/resistor-color-code)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Introduction to Sensors|Introduction to Sensors]]==&lt;br /&gt;
Sensors enable the microcontroller to sense the surrounding environment. Many sensors exist on the market, including but not limited to buttons, temperature sensors, pressure sensors, photoresistors, humidity and moisture, and many more. The output of the sensor (a voltage) changes based on the measured environment properties, and sends that signal over to the Arduino board.                         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different sensors will use different voltage levels and different methods of communication with microcontrollers. It is always important to read their datasheet and make sure they are compatible with your system before continuing or design your system around the sensor specifications.                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sensors1.png|center|frame|(Source: https://www.electronicshub.org/different-types-sensors/)]]            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Online Simulators|Online Simulators]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
Tinkercad is an online platform that enables users to virtually model 3D designs and circuits. Its user friendly interface and functionality encourages students and hobbyists to investigate the functionality of the Arduino boards virtually, as well as start building their designs. To sign up, create an account on: https://www.tinkercad.com, or alternatively, login with google, facebook etc… &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your account is created, the user can navigate to the “circuits” tab in the left-hand menu, and click on “ Create new circuit”. This opens a new tab, where the available circuit components can be viewed in the right-hand menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start putting a circuit together, the user can drag the components from the library and place it in the “building zone”, noted above. In addition, note the “Code” button in the top bar; this button enables the users to program the Arduino to perform specific functions. To start the simulation, the “start simulation” is available in the top tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information refer to the following resources:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.tinkercad.com/learn/circuits &#039;&#039;&#039;Tinkercad: Circuits&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.tinkercad.com/learn/codeblocks &#039;&#039;&#039;Tinkercad: Programming&#039;&#039;&#039;]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q70&amp;diff=1686</id>
		<title>Item:Q70</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q70&amp;diff=1686"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:25:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* clientsitelink-update:0|en|en:Arduino troubleshooting|en:Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Arduino_troubleshooting&amp;diff=1685</id>
		<title>Arduino troubleshooting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Arduino_troubleshooting&amp;diff=1685"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:25:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: Pascal moved page Arduino troubleshooting to Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino troubleshooting&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino troubleshooting]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner/Arduino_troubleshooting&amp;diff=1684</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino troubleshooting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Arduino/Arduino-_Beginner/Arduino_troubleshooting&amp;diff=1684"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:25:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: Pascal moved page Arduino troubleshooting to Digital technologies/Arduino/Arduino- Beginner/Arduino troubleshooting&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;When using an Arduino for the first time, you may encounter some issues. This page will outline some of the most often issues seen, however, for more detail a search of the error in google will allow you to gain a further understanding of the problem at hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drivers for Alternate Brand Arduino Boards ===&lt;br /&gt;
Arduino UNO make by a third-party company is not being registered/connecting to the Arduino board. You will notice this if the Port is not being detected as shown in the figure below. Go to the manufacturers site and determine what drivers are missing and install them. For most boards you will need the following driver:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.wch-ic.com/downloads/CH341SER_ZIP.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Follow these steps:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Select and download the driver appropriate for your operating system&lt;br /&gt;
* Unzip the folder and run the installer, you may need to run the installer twice for it to work properly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Restart the Arduino IDE and attempt to connect the port again&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arduino IDE Menu.png|center|thumb|482x482px|Tools menu in Arduino IDE.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Potential Problems ===&lt;br /&gt;
* If the port is still not showing up on the Arduino IDE:&lt;br /&gt;
** Make sure that the correct board is selected as depicted in the figure above&lt;br /&gt;
** Try changing the USB cable&lt;br /&gt;
** When plugging in the Arduino, make sure that the power lights on the board are ON&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q78&amp;diff=1683</id>
		<title>Item:Q78</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q78&amp;diff=1683"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:18:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create-item:0| */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q77&amp;diff=1682</id>
		<title>Item:Q77</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q77&amp;diff=1682"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:17:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create-item:0| */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q76&amp;diff=1681</id>
		<title>Item:Q76</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q76&amp;diff=1681"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:15:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create-item:0| */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q75&amp;diff=1680</id>
		<title>Item:Q75</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q75&amp;diff=1680"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:13:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create-item:0| */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q74&amp;diff=1679</id>
		<title>Item:Q74</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q74&amp;diff=1679"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:11:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create-item:0| */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q73&amp;diff=1678</id>
		<title>Item:Q73</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q73&amp;diff=1678"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:04:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create-item:0| */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q72&amp;diff=1677</id>
		<title>Item:Q72</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q72&amp;diff=1677"/>
		<updated>2022-08-24T16:04:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create:2|en */ Technologies numériques/Arduino/Arduino- Débutant/Comprendre les cartes Arduino&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q70&amp;diff=1671</id>
		<title>Item:Q70</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q70&amp;diff=1671"/>
		<updated>2022-08-19T15:19:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create-item:0| */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q67&amp;diff=1669</id>
		<title>Item:Q67</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q67&amp;diff=1669"/>
		<updated>2022-08-18T20:33:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbsetsitelink-add:1|fr */ Simulateurs en ligne&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q69&amp;diff=1668</id>
		<title>Item:Q69</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q69&amp;diff=1668"/>
		<updated>2022-08-18T20:28:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create:2|en */ français&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q67&amp;diff=1667</id>
		<title>Item:Q67</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q67&amp;diff=1667"/>
		<updated>2022-08-18T18:50:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbsetlabel-add:1|en */ In English&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q67&amp;diff=1666</id>
		<title>Item:Q67</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q67&amp;diff=1666"/>
		<updated>2022-08-18T18:50:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create:2|en */ En français&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q66&amp;diff=1664</id>
		<title>Item:Q66</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q66&amp;diff=1664"/>
		<updated>2022-08-08T23:29:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbsetsitelink-add:1|fr */ Technologies numériques/Arduino/Arduino- Débutant&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q66&amp;diff=1663</id>
		<title>Item:Q66</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Item:Q66&amp;diff=1663"/>
		<updated>2022-08-08T23:27:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* wbeditentity-create:2|en */ Technologies numériques/Arduino/Arduino- Débutant, Arduino- Débutant&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1650</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1650"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T20:29:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Replacing the Needle */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new skill that may be of use! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning however the PE design software needs to be purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine in the uottawa makerspace.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours: Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern: You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order: Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;1ecjbFkzgqw&amp;amp;list=PLrJaRehtfU4A3zi3fJkmKIFbXe5oniseZ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
# After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;PTcSRuCA1Aw&amp;amp;t=2s&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin stitching]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Different kinds of Embroidery machines==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sewing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different colour desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computerized===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the pre-programmed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colours in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
* The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
* The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;6T_JkxruNRw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;PGOuXiPdsIk&amp;amp;t=67s&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Pull the metal tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the machine==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Loading a design onto the machine===&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparing your design===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=|none]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-Coloured Embroiders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
==Making Adjustments to Size and Position==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brother HE240 Attachments ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Brother HE240 there a multitude of different attachments, here they are with a brief description on how to use them and some applications.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Walking foot with guide.png|thumb|239x239px|Walking foot with guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Walking foot with guide: ===&lt;br /&gt;
Designed to provide an extra set of feed dogs for the top of the fabric being sewn. This makes managing unusual fabrics &#039;&#039;manageable&#039;&#039;. Matching plaids or specific designs becomes simple. All the sudden knit’s flow through your machine without growing. Slippery fabrics like silky cloth don’t slide all over the place. Bulky projects like quilts walk together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zig zag foot.png|thumb|190x190px|Zig zag foot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zig Zag foot: ===&lt;br /&gt;
The zig zag foot allows the needle extra movement from side to side. This is the movement for many decorative stitches. This foot can cope with wide and narrow zigzag stitches and many other useful functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
** If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;ot9fCAd11t4&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1649</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1649"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T20:27:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new skill that may be of use! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning however the PE design software needs to be purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine in the uottawa makerspace.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours: Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern: You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order: Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;1ecjbFkzgqw&amp;amp;list=PLrJaRehtfU4A3zi3fJkmKIFbXe5oniseZ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
# After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;PTcSRuCA1Aw&amp;amp;t=2s&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin stitching]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Different kinds of Embroidery machines==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sewing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different colour desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computerized===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the pre-programmed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colours in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
* The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
* The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;6T_JkxruNRw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;PGOuXiPdsIk&amp;amp;t=67s&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Pull the metal tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the machine==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Loading a design onto the machine===&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparing your design===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=|none]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-Coloured Embroiders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
==Making Adjustments to Size and Position==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brother HE240 Attachments ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Brother HE240 there a multitude of different attachments, here they are with a brief description on how to use them and some applications.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Walking foot with guide.png|thumb|239x239px|Walking foot with guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Walking foot with guide: ===&lt;br /&gt;
Designed to provide an extra set of feed dogs for the top of the fabric being sewn. This makes managing unusual fabrics &#039;&#039;manageable&#039;&#039;. Matching plaids or specific designs becomes simple. All the sudden knit’s flow through your machine without growing. Slippery fabrics like silky cloth don’t slide all over the place. Bulky projects like quilts walk together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zig zag foot.png|thumb|190x190px|Zig zag foot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zig Zag foot: ===&lt;br /&gt;
The zig zag foot allows the needle extra movement from side to side. This is the movement for many decorative stitches. This foot can cope with wide and narrow zigzag stitches and many other useful functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
** If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1648</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1648"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T20:20:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new skill that may be of use! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning however the PE design software needs to be purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine in the uottawa makerspace.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours: Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern: You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order: Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;1ecjbFkzgqw&amp;amp;list=PLrJaRehtfU4A3zi3fJkmKIFbXe5oniseZ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
# After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;PTcSRuCA1Aw&amp;amp;t=2s&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin stitching]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Different kinds of Embroidery machines==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sewing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different colour desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computerized===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the pre-programmed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colours in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
* The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
* The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;PGOuXiPdsIk&amp;amp;t=67s&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Pull the metal tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the machine==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Loading a design onto the machine===&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparing your design===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=|none]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-Coloured Embroiders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
==Making Adjustments to Size and Position==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brother HE240 Attachments ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Brother HE240 there a multitude of different attachments, here they are with a brief description on how to use them and some applications.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Walking foot with guide.png|thumb|239x239px|Walking foot with guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Walking foot with guide: ===&lt;br /&gt;
Designed to provide an extra set of feed dogs for the top of the fabric being sewn. This makes managing unusual fabrics &#039;&#039;manageable&#039;&#039;. Matching plaids or specific designs becomes simple. All the sudden knit’s flow through your machine without growing. Slippery fabrics like silky cloth don’t slide all over the place. Bulky projects like quilts walk together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zig zag foot.png|thumb|190x190px|Zig zag foot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zig Zag foot: ===&lt;br /&gt;
The zig zag foot allows the needle extra movement from side to side. This is the movement for many decorative stitches. This foot can cope with wide and narrow zigzag stitches and many other useful functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
** If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1647</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1647"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T20:06:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: attachments&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new skill that may be of use! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning however the PE design software needs to be purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine in the uottawa makerspace.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours: Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern: You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order: Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;1ecjbFkzgqw&amp;amp;list=PLrJaRehtfU4A3zi3fJkmKIFbXe5oniseZ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
# After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;PTcSRuCA1Aw&amp;amp;t=2s&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin stitching]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Different kinds of Embroidery machines==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sewing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different colour desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computerized===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the pre-programmed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colours in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
* The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
* The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Pull the metal tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the machine==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Loading a design onto the machine===&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparing your design===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=|none]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-Coloured Embroiders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
==Making Adjustments to Size and Position==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Brother HE240 Attachments ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Brother HE240 there a multitude of different attachments, here they are with a brief description on how to use them and some applications.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Walking foot with guide.png|thumb|239x239px|Walking foot with guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Walking foot with guide: ===&lt;br /&gt;
Designed to provide an extra set of feed dogs for the top of the fabric being sewn. This makes managing unusual fabrics &#039;&#039;manageable&#039;&#039;. Matching plaids or specific designs becomes simple. All the sudden knit’s flow through your machine without growing. Slippery fabrics like silky cloth don’t slide all over the place. Bulky projects like quilts walk together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zig zag foot.png|thumb|190x190px|Zig zag foot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zig Zag foot: ===&lt;br /&gt;
The zig zag foot allows the needle extra movement from side to side. This is the movement for many decorative stitches. This foot can cope with wide and narrow zigzag stitches and many other useful functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
** If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Zig_zag_foot.png&amp;diff=1646</id>
		<title>File:Zig zag foot.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Zig_zag_foot.png&amp;diff=1646"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T20:05:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;https://blog.treasurie.com/zig-zag-foot/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Walking_foot_with_guide.png&amp;diff=1645</id>
		<title>File:Walking foot with guide.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=File:Walking_foot_with_guide.png&amp;diff=1645"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T20:03:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;https://www.sewingpartsonline.com/brother-he-240.aspx&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1644</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1644"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T17:51:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: Uploaded youtube videos&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new skill that may be of use! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning however the PE design software needs to be purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine in the uottawa makerspace.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours: Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern: You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order: Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;1ecjbFkzgqw&amp;amp;list=PLrJaRehtfU4A3zi3fJkmKIFbXe5oniseZ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
# After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;PTcSRuCA1Aw&amp;amp;t=2s&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin stitching]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Different kinds of Embroidery machines==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sewing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different colour desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computerized===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the pre-programmed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colours in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
* The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
* The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
# Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Pull the metal tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the machine==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Loading a design onto the machine===&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparing your design===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=|none]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-Coloured Embroiders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
==Making Adjustments to Size and Position==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
** If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
** Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1643</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1643"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T17:44:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new skill that may be of use! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning however the PE design software needs to be purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine in the uottawa makerspace.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours: Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern: You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order: Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1ecjbFkzgqw&amp;amp;list=PLrJaRehtfU4A3zi3fJkmKIFbXe5oniseZ watch?v=1ecjbFkzgqw&amp;amp;list=PLrJaRehtfU4A3zi3fJkmKIFbXe5oniseZ]&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
#After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: https://inkstitch.org/tutorials/resources/beginner-video-tutorials/[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin [https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/how-to-work-basic-satin-stitch-1177555 stitch]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Different kinds of Embroidery machines==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Free motion===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sewing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different colour desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computerized===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the pre-programmed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colours in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
*The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
*The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rewinding the bobbin ==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the metal tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the machine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Loading a design onto the machine===&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparing your design===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=|none]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-Coloured Embroiders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
==Making Adjustments to Size and Position==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
** If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Replacing the Needle ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1642</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1642"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T17:43:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Creating an embroider design */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new skill that may be of use! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning however the PE design software needs to be purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine in the uottawa makerspace.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours: Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern: You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order: Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1ecjbFkzgqw&amp;amp;list=PLrJaRehtfU4A3zi3fJkmKIFbXe5oniseZ&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
#After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: https://inkstitch.org/tutorials/resources/beginner-video-tutorials/[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin [https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/how-to-work-basic-satin-stitch-1177555 stitch]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Different kinds of Embroidery machines==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Free motion===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sewing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different colour desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Computerized===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the pre-programmed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colours in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
*The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
*The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rewinding the bobbin ==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the metal tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the machine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Loading a design onto the machine===&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparing your design===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=|none]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-Coloured Embroiders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
==Making Adjustments to Size and Position==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
** If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Replacing the Needle ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1641</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1641"/>
		<updated>2022-07-29T17:07:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* What is embroidery */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new skill that may be of use! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning however the PE design software needs to be purchased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine in the uottawa makerspace.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours: Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern: You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order: Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1ecjbFkzgqw&amp;amp;list=PLrJaRehtfU4A3zi3fJkmKIFbXe5oniseZ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
#After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, follow these video guides to learn more: https://inkstitch.org/tutorials/resources/beginner-video-tutorials/[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin [https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/how-to-work-basic-satin-stitch-1177555 stitch]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH ====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Different kinds of Embroidery machines ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sewing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different colour desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Computerized ===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the pre-programmed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colours in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
*The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
*The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the metal tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting up the machine ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Loading a design onto the machine===&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparing your design===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=|none]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multi-Coloured Embroiders ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
== Making Adjustments to Size and Position ==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
*Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1495</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1495"/>
		<updated>2022-07-14T23:03:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: unwrap pictures&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new engineering skill that may be of use in your future career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours. Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern. You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order. Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
#After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin [https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/how-to-work-basic-satin-stitch-1177555 stitch]]]&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Different kinds of Embroidery machines ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sowing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different color desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Computerized ===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the preprogrammed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colors in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
*The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
*The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the metal tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it&lt;br /&gt;
#Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Loading a design onto the machine==&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparing your design==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=|none]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents|alt=|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Making Adjustments to Size and Position ==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position|alt=|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
*Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multi-Coloured Embroiders==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1494</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1494"/>
		<updated>2022-07-14T22:29:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: /* Creating an embroider design */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new engineering skill that may be of use in your future career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours. Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern. You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order. Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
#After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin [https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/how-to-work-basic-satin-stitch-1177555 stitch]]]&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Different kinds of Embroidery machines ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sowing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different color desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Computerized ===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the preprogrammed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colors in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
*The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
*The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the metal tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it&lt;br /&gt;
#Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Loading a design onto the machine==&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparing your design==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|left|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon|alt=]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|left|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Making Adjustments to Size and Position ==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|left|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
*Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multi-Coloured Embroiders==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1493</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1493"/>
		<updated>2022-07-14T22:27:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: Pictures were in need or reformatting&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new engineering skill that may be of use in your future career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours. Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern. You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order. Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
#After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin [https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/how-to-work-basic-satin-stitch-1177555 stitch]]]&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Different kinds of Embroidery machines ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sowing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different color desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Computerized ===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the preprogrammed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colors in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
*The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
*The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the metal tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it&lt;br /&gt;
#Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Loading a design onto the machine==&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparing your design==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|left|thumb|194x194px|Pocket icon]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|left|thumb|204x204px|Uploaded documents]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Making Adjustments to Size and Position ==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|left|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
*Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multi-Coloured Embroiders==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|left|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1492</id>
		<title>Digital technologies/Textiles/Embroidery- Beginner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.wiki.makerepo.com/index.php?title=Digital_technologies/Textiles/Embroidery-_Beginner&amp;diff=1492"/>
		<updated>2022-07-14T22:24:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pascal: Added a bunch of pictures that needed to be added as well as informative sections&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Throughout this section we clearly identify what an embroidery machine is, what it does, how it can be used, different applications, the different kinds, and much more. The main goal is to familiarize yourself with the machine by taking you through the entire process step by step. Firstly, we are going to show you how to use the dedicated software (PE-Design), then once you have a design you are satisfied with, we will then show you how to upload and start your embroidery project. We hope to open your eyes to a new engineering skill that may be of use in your future career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is embroidery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Embroidery-close-up.webp|thumb|[https://www.tree64.com/embroidery Embroidery close-up]]]&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery is the process of adding thread to a cloth to add a pattern or image. Using an embroidery machine, you can write text with thread on cloth surfaces or draw images to make logos or patches! You can also embroider different colours by layering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An embroidery machine looks like a regular sewing machine however it has a motorized bed that moves along the x-y axes with an automated needle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can embroider (print) only one colour at a time. Will have to replace the spool of thread each time you want a new colour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating an embroider design==&lt;br /&gt;
Embroidery designs can be made using either PE-design next 9 or ink/stitch. The two options are great software’s to use and are about the same difficulty in learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PE-DESIGN NEXT 9===&lt;br /&gt;
This method is easier to use, however it gives the user less control over the results if you want to import pictures. The program is found on the computer attached to the sewing machine.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PE-design.png|thumb|407x407px|PE-design interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Begin by creating a new file&lt;br /&gt;
#You can insert shapes into the work area (the big white box in the center) by selecting a shape and then holding and dragging to draw the shape you want. If you do not see the shapes button, switch over to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the colours. Click on the shape then in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Attributes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab, then click on the spool and select the colour you want it to be in the side panel. You can do this too to change the colour of the outline. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure all your colours are consistent throughout. (Don’t have 3 different shades of blue if you want the same blue throughout the print) The more colours you add, the longer it will take to embroider and more spool changes you will need to do.&lt;br /&gt;
#Changing Stitch Pattern. You can also change the stitch pattern in the attributes tab to get different effects to your design.&lt;br /&gt;
#Optimizing for Sewing Order. Since the embroidery machine can do only one colour at a time, it is important to optimize the file to do all the same colours at once. We can do this by grouping the same coloured layers together in the sewing order panel on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finishing up. Save your work.Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. Plug in your machine to the computer. Send your design to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===INK/STITCH (Inkscape Extension)===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a free and open source way to create embroidery designs. It also gives the user more control and detailing from imported pictures, however it is more complicated to use. You can find the extension on their website at https://inkstitch.org/ along with information on how to download and install it. They provide tutorials for different functionalities too. If you don&#039;t have Inkscape installed on your computer, you can install in at https://inkscape.org/. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ink.stitch.png|thumb|400x400px|Inkscape with stitch extention]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a new document on Inkscape.&lt;br /&gt;
#Ensure that your document&#039;s page size is less than 4&amp;quot; x 4&amp;quot; as that is the maximum embroidering area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Draw any shapes or lines to make your picture. To use a picture you have, trace the bitmap of your desired image by right clicking your image and clicking &amp;quot;Trace Bitmap&amp;quot;, then check &amp;quot;Live Preview&amp;quot; and adjust the settings until you&#039;re happy with the results. (NOTE: If your path has more than 1 distinct curve in it, break apart all the paths (Shift+Ctrl+K) to make it easier to manipulate the paths later.)&lt;br /&gt;
#If your shapes are filled in, they will do a fill stitch. You can also turn your shapes into satin stitches. You can change any parameters under Extensions &amp;gt; Ink/Stitch &amp;gt; Params. To change the colour of the fill stitch, click the colour you want to use at the bottom bar of the page. To change the colour of satin stitching, right click on the colour and click on the Line option.&lt;br /&gt;
#After making your file, you can simulate the path the needle will take. This takes a long time so it&#039;s easier to check only a portion at a time to narrow down any bugs that might be in your file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save your file as a .pes file (as well as a .svg file to make any changes later on). Copy and paste the .pes file onto the machine drive (It should show up as being connected to a USB port). If it doesn&#039;t show up, it means your file is too large (width and height).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SATIN STITCHING IN INK/STITCH====&lt;br /&gt;
Satin stitching gives a shiny finish to your embroidered piece, however it works best with smaller sections or lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a wonderful tutorial on using Ink/Stitch to make satin stitching on https://edutechwiki.unige.ch/en/InkStitch_-_satin_columns from the University of Geneva.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Satin stitch.png|thumb|Satin [https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/how-to-work-basic-satin-stitch-1177555 stitch]]]&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: If you are making a satin stitch from a few lines on the same path, occasionally the default parameter will be to satin stitch the individual lines separately with very loose zig-zag pattern despite following all the steps in the wiki above. Uncheck &amp;quot;Lines to Satin&amp;quot; to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Different kinds of Embroidery machines ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 different types of embroidery machines that other you may find other ones categorized under, the free-motion embroidery machine, and the computerized embroidery machine. In both types of machines, we can find many pros and cons, whether it’s the cost, required time, complexity, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Free motion ===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case regarding the free-motion embroidery machines, we typically require a fair bit of hands-on work. However, we will typically find these machines doubling as a sowing machine to increase its resourcefulness. The machine works by moving a tightly banded piece of fabric along the horizontal plane beneath the needle. The needle will then piece through the fabric wile the fabric is moving to achieve the desired design. On this machine, the user must operate the machine using various building settings so that the fabric stays tight therefore, achieving the highest quality result. With this kind of machine there is only one needle the operator must stop the machine and interchange the thread for every different color desired in the design. This can be very time consuming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Computerized ===&lt;br /&gt;
In modern embroidery machines we can see a lot more automation in this process. The embroidery machine comprises a frame that holds the fabric in tension, then the sewing needle moves automatically using the preprogrammed design as its guide. The machine can switch between different integrated needles to obtain different colors in the embroidery design. Within these machines there are many different needles which make it a great tool for the industrial market. These machines require no hands-on manipulation other than the initial threading of the needles. Since the machines are fully automated, this makes for a significantly faster process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Embroidery Machine: Brother HE240==&lt;br /&gt;
The embroidery machine is very finicky and needs everything to be right to operate properly.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Machine.jpg|thumb|Brother HE240]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Precautions before use:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure you are using a 75/11 needle&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the embroidery attachment is installed&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure the bobbin has a thread in it&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure there’s nothing obstructing the way of the loop’s path&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no thread&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not sew when there is no fabric to sew on&lt;br /&gt;
*Be patient but have fun!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Operations checklist&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before operating the machine, you need to set it up to get it working. Make sure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine is threaded properly and the thread is through the needle&lt;br /&gt;
*The bobbin is threaded with bobbin thread&lt;br /&gt;
*The foot is down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Turning on the machine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power switch is found on the side of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be prompted a message after turning it on, hit OK&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is not already threaded or is threaded with the wrong colour, follow the steps for threading the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threading the Machine==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two pre-steps that come before those numbered on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert the spool of thread into the long pin.&lt;br /&gt;
#Before threading, make sure the needle is in its highest position. If not, press the round button with a picture of a needle with a horizontal line through it that is underneath the Brother logo on the front of the machine. If the needle goes down instead of up, press that button once more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: It is advised that you use thread meant for embroidery. It would say embroidery on the spool, this yields higher quality results.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Threading the machine.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Threading the machine]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Now we are using the steps that are on the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring the string through the metal hook.&lt;br /&gt;
#Continue bringing it underneath the plastic piece. You can also see the visual guide on how to do this that is on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the thread down the side of the machine into the slot. Now take the thread and wrap it around the thin plastic U shaped part, pulling it all the way up.&lt;br /&gt;
#Keep pulling the thread up and then pull it toward the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then pull the thread down, you will notice that it will latch onto the metal piece on the inside.&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the thread does not latch onto the metal piece, try again until it does.&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle is in the highest position, then pull down the thread and latch it to the hook above the need labelled&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally pull the string from the needle and cut off the excess length. (Leave about 10cm) That’s it for threading the machine!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Do not pull the string out of the needle, only the excess part to cut it off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rewinding the bobbin==&lt;br /&gt;
A sewing machine needs a feed of thread from the bottom too. Otherwise the thread wouldn’t stay onto what you’re sewing on. You can see in the demonstration on the side how the bobbin role is important when it comes to sewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bobbin is found in the bottom of the machine and needs to be refilled every time it runs out, otherwise the machine will not sew, and an error message will pop up on the machine&#039;s screen. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rewinding the bobbin.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Rewinding the bobbin on the Brother HE240]]]&lt;br /&gt;
If the bobbin is empty, you must follow the steps on rewinding the thread onto the bobbin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin cover as the diagram shows, then take out the bobbin and remove any remaining thread from it. Place the bobbin in the bobbin winding tool as shown on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn on the machine and place the &#039;&#039;&#039;bobbin thread&#039;&#039;&#039; spool in the thread holder of the machine. If the bobbin thread spool does not fit on the top, use the large spool holder near the station.&lt;br /&gt;
#Pass the thread under the hook then around the metal cylindrical part as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then wrap the thread around the bobbin several times so it doesn’t come off or get loose. Make sure it is in this direction.&lt;br /&gt;
#The start button (The one with the arrow) should now be yellow, press it and it will start winding the thread around the spool. Once it’s nearly full, press the yellow button again to stop it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Push the bobbin the other way as show and take it off the winder. Your bobbin is now refilled!&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the lid off the bobbin as you did before. Take the end of the thread&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the end of the thread and place it under the plastic tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#Then take the thread and loop it in around the plastic grove as shown.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once done, put the cover back on and push it in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the Print Bed==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the plastic hoop off the embroidery machine:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Setting up the fabric.png|thumb|272x272px|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Setting up the fabric]]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull the metal tab&lt;br /&gt;
#Pull upwards on the plastic hoop to remove it&lt;br /&gt;
#Once it is off, push the tab up to bring up the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Slide the hoop off from under the foot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not move the arm, this can ruin the machine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loosen the screw until the top half of the loop comes off. Do not fully unscrew the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the stabilizer sheet on the bottom half of the loop with the screw (This step is optional, but a stabilizer leads to higher quality embroiders and is less prone to failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place the piece of cloth you wish to embroider on top , followed by the top half of the hoop. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the arrow is on the top and not pointing towards the screw. If it is change the orientation of the top piece. Push in the plastic top part from the corners and gently tighten the cloth as you’re doing so. Once the top part of the hoop is fully in, tighten the screw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make sure the piece of cloth is tightened evenly across the hoop and doesn’t have any creases. If the foot is down, push the lever up to bring the foot up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slide the hoop under the foot &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Put the hoop in the arm. Push it in until it clicks into place. That’s it! Now the bed is ready &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Loading a design onto the machine==&lt;br /&gt;
Plug in the USB cable in into the back of the machine and connect the other end to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open your design in the PE-Design software and go to the Home tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Send &amp;gt; Send to Your Machine and then select the first option in that list. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparing your design==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the computer icon to access the designs you loaded from the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select your design from the screen. (NOTE: If your design does not show up, it means your design&#039;s parameters are too large. Go back to your design and adjust the size of it.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press on the pocket. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Computer icon.png|left|thumb|224x224px|Pocket icon]]        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you see this screen, it is ready to embroider. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uploaded documents.png|left|thumb|236x236px|Uploaded documents]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making Adjustments to Size and Position==&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Adjust&#039;&#039;&#039; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039; button &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the position===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the arrow keys you can easily change the position, rotate, or even mirror the desired design.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Changing the position.png|left|thumb|440x440px|Changing the position]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Changing the size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Resizing buttons.png|thumb|342x342px|Resizing buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done making the adjustments, press the back button until you are back to design screen with your design on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push down on the lever to bring the foot down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ↑ (Go) button should now turn green. Make sure there is nothing around the embroidery machine and press it! The machine will now start embroidering!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not touch the machine while it’s operating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Very sharp needle moving up and down&lt;br /&gt;
*Mechanical parts are moving all over the machine, touching them will cause the embroider to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multi-Coloured Embroiders==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multicoloured embroidery job.png|thumb|170x170px|Multicoloured embroidery job]]&lt;br /&gt;
*If your design has different colours, you will need to rethread the upper thread with the next colour and hit the Go button again after lowering the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
*The machine will tell you which colour to embroider in what order on the screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Finishing up==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#When your design is finished embroidering the machine will tell you. Press okay then press then scissors button.&lt;br /&gt;
#Raise the foot.&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the hoop from the machine&lt;br /&gt;
#Loosen the screw on the hoop and take your embroidered design!&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Finished job.png|alt=Scissor button|left|thumb|180x180px|Scissor button]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some common errors that might appear and how to fix them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ The bobbin thread is running out.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is empty: Refill the bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
**If the bobbin is full see: Thread the Bobbin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Machine displays: &#039;&#039;&#039;“⚠ Check and rethread the upper thread.”&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool is empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
**If the thread spool isn’t empty: Thread the machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The needle Breaks: Replace the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check the bobbin case for any burrs or holes that could have been caused by the needle. Sand those spots until smooth to ensure bobbin thread will not get caught inside the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
**Check to make sure the bobbin case is inserted into the machine correctly. The arrow on the bobbin case should align with the white dot on the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Replacing the Needle==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Replacing the needle.png|thumb|[https://support.brother.com/g/b/manualtop.aspx?c=ca&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;prod=hf_he240eus Replacing the needle]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bring up the foot by pushing up on the lever. (Very important)&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the screwdriver found in the machine’s part bin to loosen the black screw that’s show. Do not fully unscrew the screw and beware of sharp points from the needle.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hold the needle with one hand and keep loosening the screw until you can pull the needle out. Make sure the needle does not fall into the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that the needle is out, you need to put in a new 75/11 embroidery needle. The flat end of the needle needs to be facing away from you when sliding it back up into the machine. (Same orientation as show in the image)&lt;br /&gt;
#Make sure the needle cannot go up any further then tighten the screw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pascal</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>